Quarterlytics / Wynnstay Group

Wynnstay Group

wyn · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker wyn
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Wynnstay Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Delivering 
a sustainable 
farming future

Wynnstay is a leading agricultural 
supplies company, supplying arable 
and livestock farmers with a wide 
range of inputs and services.
Depot Merchanting
Wynnstay operates a network of 51 
depots catering mainly for the needs of 
farmers but also rural dwellers.

Together 
we are more 
effective
Respect and 
fairness are 
essential
A better 
tomorrow
We aim 
high
Innovation 
is the 
future
Feed and Grain
Wynnstay manufactures and supplies 
a wide range of feeds and animal 
nutrition products for a range of 
sectors. We also sell a range of 
feed raw materials through both the 
Wynnstay and Glasson Grain brands. 
We offer grain and combinable crop 
marketing services through the 
GrainLink business.
Fertiliser and Seed
Our arable operations supply a wide 
range of services and products to 
arable and grassland farmers. In 
addition, Glasson Fertiliser is the 
second largest manufacturer of 
blended Fertiliser in the UK.



Business Performance Areas
Our Purpose
Our Values
 Read more on page 7
 Read more about Feed and Grain 
on pages 21 - 22
 Read more about Fertiliser and Seed on 
pages 22 - 23
 Read more about Depot Merchanting 
on page 23
Honesty, 
Commitment 
& Quality
Innovation
Teamwork
Respect
Value
Creation
A more 
sustainable 
world
Environmental 
Sustainability
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
2
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Mission
04
At a Glance
05
Our Purpose and Values
06
Sustainability
08
Our Business Model
10
Our Divisions
11
Chairman’s Statement
14
Strategic Report
Strategy and Value Creation
20
Chief Executive Officer’s Report
21
Business Highlights
24
Financial Review
28
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
32
ESG Framework
Environmental
36
Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Report (SECR)
38
Internal Operations
39
Taskforce on Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
40
Alignment Status 
43
Social
44
Governance
50
Stakeholder engagement
51
S172 Statement and 
Significant Board Decisions
53
Board of Directors 
and Company Secretary
54
Corporate Governance Statement
56
Audit Committee Report
60
Nomination Committee Report
64
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
65
Directors’ Remuneration Report
66
Director’s Report
72
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
76
Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income
80
Consolidated Balance Sheet
81
Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity
82
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
83
Material Accounting Policies
84
Notes to the Financial Statements
92
Company Balance Sheet
120
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity
121
Company Cashflow Statement
122
Material Accounting Policies
123
Notes to Financial Statements
126
Other Information
Notice of Annual General Meeting
134
Notes to the Notice
of the Annual General Meeting
136
Financial Calendar
138
Shareholder Fraud Warning
138
Company Details and Advisors
139
18 
Strategic Report
34 
ESG Framework
76 
Financial Statements
Group Revenue 
£613.1m
(2023: £735.9m)
Dividend per Share (pence) 
17.50
(2023: 17.25)
* Alternative performance measures are defined on page 62.
Shareholder’s Funds
£134.8m
(2023: £135.2m)
Earnings per Share (pence)
12.12
(2023: 30.74)
Adjusted profit before tax*
£7.6m
(2023: £10.3m)
Colleagues
908
(2023: 944)
Financial Highlights
Contents
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
3
 
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Our mission is to help 
farmers feed the UK in 
a more sustainable way
 
4
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Mission
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

Manufacture of 
blended fertiliser
Cereal seed 
processing
Grass seed 
processing
Merchanted 
fertiliser sales
Fertiliser 
manufacturing 
sites at:
•	 Winmarleigh
•	 Montrose
•	 Goole
•	 Avonmouth (Bristol)
Seed processing 
site at:
•	 Astley (Shrewsbury)
51 Depots across:
Wales, the Midlands, North 
West & South West England
Geographic reach
from Helston in Cornwall 
to Kendal in Cumbria
Network locations
focused in dense livestock 
areas
Supplying farmers, 
small holders and 
rural dwellers
Feed 
Manufacture
Supply of Feed 
Raw Materials
Grain Marketing 
Services
Bagged Feed and 
Bulk Deliveries
Manufacturing 
sites at:
•	 Llansantffraid
•	 Carmarthen
•	 Tamar Milling (Cornwall)
•	 Glasson Dock
Feed and Grain
Fertiliser and Seed
Depot Merchanting 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
5
 
At a Glance
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Our Purpose, together 
with our Values enable us 
to achieve our Mission
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
6
Our Purpose and Values
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

Our mission is to help farmers feed the UK in a more sustainable way 
Wynnstay is a leading agricultural supplies company, 
supplying arable and livestock farmers with a wide range 
of inputs and services
Purpose
Values
Mission
=
+
We can be more 
effective as a 
business through 
collaboration 
and teamwork. 
This means 
communicating 
our goals well and 
listening to the 
ideas and concerns 
of all members of 
the team.
By aiming high, 
we will succeed in 
creating a stronger, 
better business. It 
applies in all sorts 
of ways, including 
the quality of our 
products, the 
service we offer, 
the efficiency of 
our processes, and 
in the advice we 
provide. Ultimately, 
if we are a step 
ahead, customers 
will be assured of 
quality products, 
expert advice and 
good value.
We believe that 
relationships 
flourish where 
there is mutual 
respect, and that 
people should be 
treated fairly and 
equitably. This is 
most relevant in 
the work place but 
it also cuts across 
all professional 
relationships, 
including with 
partners, suppliers 
and customers.
Farming is changing 
and we want to provide 
farmers with access 
to the innovation that 
is driving sustainable 
and more effective 
farming practices. 
To that end we are 
constantly looking 
across the market for 
new products and 
approaches that will 
allow us to provide 
farmers with the tools 
they need to maximise 
their potential. We 
apply the same spirit 
to our business to 
ensure continuing 
development and 
improvement.
Our objective is 
to generate value 
for shareholders 
and for society, 
as well as for 
our customers 
and people. We 
endeavour to run 
the business in 
such a way that we 
offer participation 
in a business model 
with an attractive 
long-term financial 
profile, which also 
contributes to 
society.
We consider our 
environmental 
impact when 
making business 
decisions. We 
are dedicated 
to making our 
supply chain 
more sustainable, 
and are working 
hard towards 
contributing to a 
more sustainable 
world.
Honesty, 
Commitment 
& Quality
Innovation
Environmental 
Sustainability
Teamwork
Respect
Value 
Creation
Together 
we are more 
effective
Respect and 
fairness are 
essential
A 
better 
tomorrow
We 
aim 
high
Innovation 
is the 
future
A more 
sustainable 
world
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
7
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Wynnstay is committed to protecting the local and global 
environment, ensuring we minimise the environmental 
impact of our activities, products and services to contribute 
to safeguarding our planet for the future.
We see legal legislation as the absolute minimum 
requirement to doing business and seek to raise the bar 
to reduce our carbon footprint in:
Operational 
efficiency
Reducing CO2
Sustainable 
sourcing
Sustainable sourcing of 
raw materials, reducing 
deforestation and 
supporting an ethically 
traded supply chain
Improving
welfare
Improving the welfare 
of our people
Working 
side by side
Working side by side with 
our farmer customers to 
deliver sustainable and 
efficient products and 
services
 Read more about our 
environmental strategy and 
impact on pages 36 - 43
 Read more about climate 
friendly feeds on page 26
 Read more about investment 
in Health and Safety on pages 
46 - 47
Wynnstay has relationships with a number of organisations which help us work towards our environmental and sustainability goals.
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
8
 
Sustainability
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

FE
ED
, 
SE
E
D, 
FE
RT
IL
IS
ER
, 
AN
IM
AL
 H
EA
LT
H,
 H
AR
D
W
AR
E
Sustainable and efficient
Working side by side with our customers to delivery sustainable 
and efficient products and services
FE
ED
, S
EE
D,
 F
ER
TI
LI
SE
R,
 A
NI
M
AL
 H
E
AL
TH
, H
AR
D
W
AR
E
Crop 
Nutrition
•	 Nutrient management planning
•	 Environmental seed mixtures
•	 Bespoke blended fertilisers
Animal Health, 
Welfare+Nutrition
•	 CowSignals 
•	 Livestock teams (youngstock, sheep 
+ beef, dairy, poultry)
•	 Raw material 
sourcing – certified soya
•	 Climate feed range
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
9
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

FE
ED
AR
AB
LE
GL
AS
SO
N
 
 
D
E
PO
T
S
 
 
AG
RI
CU
LT
UR
E
SP
EC
IA
LI
ST
 A
GR
IC
UL
TU
RA
L 
M
ER
CH
AN
TI
NG
YO
UN
GS
 A
NI
M
AL
 F
EE
DS
GR
AI
NL
IN
K
Our business model is aligned with the 
buying needs and habits of our farming 
customer base; which includes arable, 
livestock and mixed farms. We believe in 
a farmer-first safe and sustainable food 
industry. Our aim is to be the supplier of 
choice for the agricultural industry, which 
is itself embracing scale, technological 
automation and environmental 
sustainability. We offer quality, service and 
advice and place ourselves at the heart of 
rural farming communities.
 Read more about changing farmer preferences and 
how we host and participate in leading agricultural 
events on pages 24-25
  Feed processing site
  Fertiliser processing site
  Seed processing site
	 51 Wynnstay depots
  	 3 Youngs Animal Feeds
  Trading activity
Our business model is aligned 
with the needs of our farmer 
customers
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
10
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

Wynnstay manufactures and 
supplies a wide range of feeds and 
animal nutrition products for a range 
of sectors, including, dairy, beef, 
sheep, and poultry. The business 
operates three feed mills and three 
blending plants, and offers nutrition 
products in compounded, blended 
and meal forms, both in bulk and in 
bags. Bagged feed is predominantly 
sold through our depot network. In 
addition, we sell a range of feed raw 
materials through both the Wynnstay 
and Glasson Grain brands, as well 
as offering grain and combinable 
crop marketing services through the 
GrainLink business.
 Read more about the on-farm impact of 
advice from our technical teams as they 
help farmers to optimise performance though 
nutrition on page 12
 Read more about how our in-house 
nutrition team formulates rations to 
incorporate the advice from our technical teams 
to ensure livestock nutrition drives on-farm 
productivity. We are also licensed with the 
Veterinary Medicines Directorate (VMD) to enable 
us to incorporate medications in our feeds where 
appropriate on vet advice to support animal 
health on page 26
GrainLink – our in-house grain 
marketing company, provides 
farmers with an independent 
professional marketing service 
backed by the financial security 
of Wynnstay Group Plc. We have 
access to major markets for all 
grains and oilseeds.
We operate a network of 51 
well-established depots, offering 
a comprehensive range of products 
for farmers and rural communities. 
Our depot colleagues are highly 
trained to provide expert technical 
advice on product usage. Product 
purchases can be made in person, 
through click-and-collect, or ordered 
for direct delivery.
We maintain strong partnerships 
with leading pharmaceutical 
companies, offering a full range 
of non-prescription animal health 
products to ensure that animals 
remain disease-free, and that high 
health and welfare standards are 
achieved. 
In addition to animal health 
solutions, we provide a wide array 
of products and services, including 
feed and nutrition solutions, crop 
and arable inputs, agricultural 
hardware products, agricultural 
consumables, and pet and equine, 
all designed to meet the diverse 
needs of our farmer customers.
 Read more about our multi-brand range 
and product offering on page 13
Our arable operations supply 
a wide range of services and 
products to arable and grassland 
farmers, including seed, fertiliser 
and agro-chemicals; along with 
a growing offering of services to 
ensure crops and forage solutions 
drive on-farm productivity to help 
farmers comply and benefit from 
changing government legislation. 
Our fertiliser manufacturing 
business, Glasson Fertiliser, 
is the second largest fertiliser 
blender in the UK.
 Read more about our arable offering on 
page 27
Feed and Grain
Fertiliser and Seed
Depot Merchanting 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
11
 
Our Divisions
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Case Study
Our multi-channel approach—spanning a network 
of depots, a field-based sales team, sales desk, and 
website—enables us to meet the evolving needs of our 
farmer customers. Across all these channels, our aim is 
to provide reliable, seamless service by ensuring timely 
deliveries and easy and efficient business interactions.
Understanding the current and future needs 
of our farmer customers is important to 
us. We leverage targeted market research 
to provide valuable insights that aid us in 
further enhancing our customer service. 
Our specialist teams for Poultry, Dairy, 
Sheep & Beef, Youngstock, Hardware, 
Arable and Animal Health comprise of 
advisors who provide expert advice to 
our farmer customers in their respective 
fields. These experts offer tailored advice 
to help farmers choose the best products 
and services to optimise the health 
and performance of their livestock and 
crops. Additionally, our teams provide 
on-farm support services to further assist 
customers. As farmers face new challenges 
related to evolving government support 
packages the role of our specialist teams is 
becoming increasingly vital. These teams 
serve as a critical support system, guiding 
farmers through these changes with expert 
advice.
Our goal is to consistently deliver 
products that meet or exceed customer 
expectations, offering a diverse range 
of solutions that empower them to 
achieve their on-farm objectives. The 
shifting agricultural landscape, shaped by 
reduced government support, a growing 
emphasis on environmental schemes, and 
rising costs, presents both challenges 
and opportunities. We are committed 
to expanding our product range to help 
farmers successfully navigate these 
changes and meet their goals.
David commented 
“Nigel originally approached me as he 
wanted to introduce a soya-free ration for 
the dairy herd at the University farm without 
compromising health or production. The 
introduction of this ration would support the 
University goal of reducing overall emissions 
per kilogram of milk and also achieve a 
bonus from the milk processor for having a 
soya free ration” 
Nigel commented
“David formulated a soya-free ration with 
the introduction of amino acids into the 
cow’s diet in May of 2024. Milk production 
has not only maintained but has been 
increasing while milk solids and herd health 
have all surpassed target. The advice 
David has provided has been invaluable as 
part of our soya-free journey” 
Supporting our customers with 
technical advice and expertise. 
David Howard, Head of Dairy Technical Services, establishes 
strong relationships with dairy enterprises across the Wynnstay 
trading area. David works closely with our farmer customers 
and their teams to understand the individual goals and 
challenges on each farm, and provides strategies and protocols 
to meet the desired outcomes. 
During the year David Howard has worked closely with 
Nottingham University’s Farm Manager Nigel Armstrong.
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
12
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

We offer an extensive range of own branded products, 
alongside supplier branded ranges across our four routes 
to market. 
 Read more about our routes to market on page 25. 
The extensive portfolio of own brands includes feeds, milk 
replacers, mineral supplements, animal health supplies 
and harvest products. The inclusion of own branded 
products within the range provides greater flexibility in 
product development and allows the business to adapt 
to market demands. These ranges are supported with 
the provision of specialist advice from our expert teams 
across all key sectors.
Our teams serve 
as a critical 
support system, 
guiding farmers 
through changes 
with expert advice
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
13
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Steve Ellwood
Chairman
Overview
The year presented significant challenges 
for Wynnstay, which trading results reflect. 
A number of factors contributed, including 
very difficult weather conditions (which 
significantly impacted the planting season 
and harvest outcome), falling commodity 
prices and underperformance in certain 
areas of the business. Nonetheless, in 
this tough trading year, we continued 
with investment plans and took a number 
of important structural and operational 
decisions. 
In mid-September 2024, we were pleased 
to announce the appointment of Alk Brand 
as Chief Executive Officer, with Gareth 
Davies having decided to step down from 
this role to continue to focus on a serious 
family matter. Since then, and building on 
existing work, the Board has agreed and 
launched a new programme to transform 
the Groups operations, Project Genesis. 
It is aimed at establishing a more efficient 
operating model that will drive future 
margins and profits and better support 
our growth ambitions in the agricultural 
supplies marketplace, which remains highly 
fragmented.
We believe there is a significant opportunity 
to simplify and streamline the Group’s 
operations, bringing subsidiary operations 
closer to the centre and integrating certain 
operations. We have already commenced 
this transformation programme and have 
made important senior management 
changes. The year’s results therefore have 
also been affected by material one-off 
costs, relating to these management and 
organisational changes as well as to the 
restructuring of manufacturing operations. 
Project Genesis has a three-year time 
horizon and we expect to see some 
initial benefits come through in the new 
financial year. 
Financial Results
Revenue for the financial year decreased 
to £613.1m (2023: £735.9m), with £117.9 
(96%) of the reduction accounted for by 
falling commodity prices. Lower activity in 
Feed and Grain was an additional factor. 
Gross profit was broadly flat at £79.2m 
(2023: £79.9m) while adjusted operating 
profit was down by 23% at £7.9m (2023: 
£10.2m). This mainly reflected significantly 
higher administrative expenses, up by 
20%. Adjusted profit before tax was £7.6m 
(2023: £10.3m), which includes the Group’s 
share of profits of joint ventures of £0.8m 
(2023: £0.9m).
On a statutory basis, including amortisation 
of acquired intangibles and share based 
payment expenses (£0.5m (2023: £0.5m)), 
losses on mark to market of derivatives 
(£0.5m (2023: £0.8m)) and non-recurring 
items (£2.3m (2023: £0.1m)) and the share 
of tax incurred by joint ventures (£0.2m 
(2023: £0.2m)), profit before tax was £4.1m 
(2023: £8.7m) and earning per share was 
12.12p (2023: 30.74p). 
Balance sheet and cash 
generation
The Group continued to generate good 
cash flows and the balance sheet remains 
very strong, with net cash at 31 October 
2024 at £32.8m (2023: £23.7m). Including 
IFRS 16 leases, net cash increased 
to £17.2m (31 October 2023: £10.7m). 
As part of our cash strategy, we have 
instigated a full review of our operating 
assets and have established a new capital 
allocation framework.
We expect to see tangible 
benefits from our immediate 
focus on operational 
improvements
Chairman’s Statement
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
14
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

Dividend
The Board is pleased to propose a final 
dividend of 11.90p per share, which subject 
to shareholder approval at the Company’s 
AGM on 27 March 2025, will be paid to 
shareholders on the register as at 28 
March 2025 on 30 April 2025. Together 
with the interim dividend of 5.60p per 
share, paid on 31 October 2024, this gives 
a total annual dividend of 17.50p (2023: 
17.25p), an increase of 1.4% year-on-year. 
The proposed final dividend reflects the 
Group’s strong cash generation as well as 
the Board’s view of prospects in the new 
financial year.
The Board has taken the decision to 
suspend the Company’s Scrip Dividend 
Scheme 2015, therefore the final dividend 
will be paid entirely in cash. 
Sustainability
The Group continues to make steps 
towards reaching Net Zero by 2040. 
Our 2024 Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) Report, 
which can be found on pages 40 - 43, 
details our progress in developing our Net 
Zero roadmap. Our investment programme 
in solar energy is well under way and 
previous investments in this area have 
delivered the expected robust returns. 
The Group’s sustainability plans also 
encompasses our offering to our farmer 
customers as they focus on environmental 
and biodiversity goals. This reflects the 
major transition currently under way in 
governmental support, from payments 
based on the EU’s Common Agricultural 
Policy (CAP), to a new system of financial 
support based on environmental outcomes. 
We continue to adapt and develop our 
products and services in support of 
this changeover. Our teams of on-farm 
specialists provide wide-ranging advice 
and guidance, including on environmental 
seeds, soil health, water and air quality, 
livestock nutrition and new farming 
techniques and interventions.
Board Changes
After an extended period of absence 
relating to a serious family matter, Gareth 
Davies stepped down as Chief Executive 
Officer on 1 October 2024 to continue to 
focus on this matter. He remains on the 
Board in a non-executive advisory capacity 
until the Group’s AGM in March. On behalf 
of everyone at Wynnstay, I would like to 
thank Gareth for his valued service and 
tremendous commitment to the Group 
since he joined in 1999, becoming Chief 
Executive Officer in 2018. 
We welcome Alk Brand, the Group’s new 
Chief Executive Officer. Alk has a highly 
successful track record in business growth 
and development, which includes M&A, 
acquisition integration and efficiency 
programmes. He has wide experience 
of the agricultural sector, supply chains, 
farming co-operatives and food markets. 
Alk was previously Chief Executive Officer 
of Westfalia Fruit Group, the UK-based 
fresh produce business with operations 
across 17 countries. Before that, he headed 
Richardson International UK, the miller and 
supplier of grain-based ingredients. He 
comes from a family farming background in 
South Africa.
We announce today the retirement of 
Non-executive Director, Howell Richards. 
He will step down from the Group at 
the forthcoming AGM. With his wide 
understanding of the agricultural industry, 
he has provided sound counsel over 
many years for which we thank him. A 
recruitment process to find a suitable 
successor, with relevant industry 
knowledge, is in progress and an 
announcement will be made in due course. 
Outlook 
Our transformation and investment 
programme is under way and should 
significantly strengthen our model and 
establish a higher base level of profitability. 
It fully supports our growth plans, which 
are based on accretive acquisitions and 
organic growth. 
The year under review was a very difficult 
year for the Group, but with the actions we 
have already taken, we expect Wynnstay 
to deliver a better performance in the new 
financial year and beyond. 
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
10 February 2025
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
15
 
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework
Strategic Report

Trosolwg
Mae Wynnstay wedi wynebu heriau 
sylweddol yn ystod y flwyddyn ac mae’r 
canlyniadau masnachu yn adlewyrchu 
hynny. Roedd nifer o ffactorau wedi 
cyfrannu at hyn, yn eu mysg amodau 
anodd iawn o ran y tywydd (a gafodd 
effaith sylweddol ar y tymor plannu a 
chanlyniadau’r cynhaeaf), gostyngiad 
ym mhrisiau nwyddau a rhai rhannau 
penodol o’r busnes yn tanberfformio. 
Serch hynny, yn y flwyddyn fasnachu 
anodd hon, gwnaethom barhau â 
chynlluniau buddsoddi a gwneud nifer o 
benderfyniadau strwythurol a gweithredol 
pwysig. 
Ganol mis Medi 2024, roeddem yn falch 
o gyhoeddi bod Alk Brand wedi cael ei 
benodi’n Brif Swyddog Gweithredol, wedi 
i Gareth Davies benderfynu rhoi’r gorau 
i’r rôl hon er mwyn parhau i ganolbwyntio 
ar fater teuluol difrifol. Ers hynny, a gan 
adeiladu ar waith sydd eisoes yn mynd 
rhagddo, mae’r Bwrdd wedi cytuno 
lansio rhaglen newydd i drawsnewid 
gweithrediadau’r Grŵp, Project Genesis. 
Ei nod yw sefydlu model gweithredu mwy 
effeithlon a fydd yn ysgogi elw y dyfodol a 
maint yr elw hwnnw yn ogystal â chefnogi 
ein huchelgeisiau yn well o ran twf yn y 
farchnad cyflenwadau amaethyddol, sy’n 
dal yn dameidiog iawn.
Rydym yn credu bod cyfle sylweddol i 
symleiddio ac ad-drefnu gweithrediadau’r 
Grŵp, gan ddod â gweithrediadau is-
gwmnïau yn nes at y canol ac integreiddio 
rhai gweithrediadau penodol. Rydym eisoes 
wedi dechrau ar y rhaglen drawsnewid hon 
ac wedi gwneud newidiadau pwysig i uwch 
reolwyr. Felly, mae costau perthnasol untro, 
sy’n ymwneud â’r newidiadau sefydliadol 
a rheoli hyn yn ogystal ag ailstrwythuro 
gweithrediadau gweithgynhyrchu, hefyd 
wedi effeithio ar ganlyniadau’r flwyddyn. 
Pennwyd cyfnod o dair blynedd ar gyfer 
Project Genesis ac rydym yn disgwyl gweld 
rhai manteision cychwynnol yn dod i’r 
amlwg yn y flwyddyn ariannol newydd. 
Canlyniadau Ariannol
Roedd y refeniw ar gyfer y flwyddyn 
ariannol wedi gostwng i £613.1m (2023: 
£735.9m), gyda’r cwymp ym mhrisiau 
nwyddau i’w gyfrif am £117.9 (96%) o’r 
gostyngiad. Roedd llai o weithgarwch yng 
nghyswllt Bwyd Anifeiliaid a Grawn yn 
ffactor ychwanegol. Roedd yr elw gros yn 
weddol wastad, sef £79.2m (2023: £79.9m) 
er bod yr elw gweithredol wedi’i addasu 
wedi gostwng 23% i £7.9m (2023: £10.2m). 
Yn bennaf, roedd hyn yn adlewyrchu 
costau gweinyddol sylweddol uwch, sydd 
wedi cynyddu 20%. Yr elw wedi’i addasu 
cyn treth oedd £7.6m (2023: £10.3m), sy’n 
cynnwys cyfran y Grŵp o elw mentrau ar y 
cyd o £0.8m (2023: £0.9m).
Ar sail statudol, gan gynnwys amorteiddio 
asedau anniriaethol caffaeledig a threuliau 
talu seiliedig ar gyfranddaliadau (£0.5m 
(2023: £0.8m)), Colledion arf arc I’r 
farchnad o ddeilliad (£0.5m (2023: £0.5m)) 
ac eitemau anghylchol (£2.3m (2023: 
£0.1m) a chyfran y dreth a ysgwyddwyd 
gan fentrau ar y cyd (£0.2m (2023: £0.2m)), 
yr elw cyn treth oedd £4.1m (2023: £8.7m) 
a’r enillion fesul cyfranddaliad oedd 12.12p 
(2023: 30.74p). 
Mantolen a chynhyrchu arian
Parhaodd y Grŵp i gynhyrchu llifoedd 
arian da ac mae’r fantolen yn dal yn 
gryf iawn, gyda’r arian net ar 31 Hydref 
2024 yn £32.8m (2023: £23.7m). Gan 
gynnwys lesoedd Safonau Adrodd Ariannol 
Rhyngwladol (IFRS)16, roedd yr arian parod 
net wedi cynyddu i £17.2m (31 Hydref 
2023: £10.7m). Fel rhan o’n strategaeth 
arian parod, rydym wedi dechrau adolygiad 
llawn o’n hasedau gweithredol ac wedi 
sefydlu fframwaith newydd ar gyfer 
dyraniadau cyfalaf.
Steve Ellwood
Cadeirydd
Disgwyliwn weld manteision 
diriaethol o’n ffocws 
uniongyrchol ar welliannau 
gweithredol
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
16
Datganiad y cadeirydd
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information
ESG Framework

Difidendau
Mae’r Bwrdd yn falch o gynnig difidend 
terfynol o 11.90c fesul cyfranddaliad, 
a fydd, yn amodol ar gymeradwyaeth 
cyfranddalwyr yng Nghyfarfod Cyffredinol 
Blynyddol y Cwmni ar 28 Mawrth 2025, yn 
cael ei dalu i gyfranddalwyr ar y gofrestr 
fel y mae ar 27 Mawrth 2025 ar 30 Ebrill 
2025. Ynghyd â’r difidend interim o 
5.60c fesul cyfranddaliad, a dalwyd ar 31 
Hydref 2024, mae hyn yn rhoi cyfanswm 
difidendau blynyddol o 17.50c (2023: 
17.25c), cynnydd o 1.4% o un flwyddyn 
i’r llall. Mae’r difidend terfynol arfaethedig 
yn adlewyrchu’r ffaith bod y Grŵp yn 
cynhyrchu arian yn gryf yn ogystal â barn 
y Bwrdd am y rhagolygon yn y flwyddyn 
ariannol newydd.
Mae’r Bwrdd wedi penderfynu gohirio 
Cynllun Difidend Scrip 2015 y Cwmni, felly 
bydd y difidend terfynol yn cael ei dalu’n 
gyfan gwbl mewn arian parod. 
Cynaliadwyedd
Mae’r Grŵp yn parhau i gymryd camau 
tuag at gyrraedd Sero Net erbyn 2040. 
Mae ein Hadroddiad Tasglu 2024 ar 
Ddatgeliadau Ariannol sy’n gysylltiedig 
â’r Hinsawdd (“TCFD”), sydd i’w weld 
ar dudalennau 40 -43, yn manylu ar ein 
cynnydd o ran datblygu ein map trywydd 
Sero Net. Mae ein rhaglen fuddsoddi mewn 
ynni solar yn mynd rhagddi’n dda ac mae 
buddsoddiadau blaenorol yn y maes hwn 
wedi cyflawni’r enillion cadarn roeddem yn 
eu disgwyl. 
Mae cynlluniau cynaliadwyedd y Grŵp 
hefyd yn cynnwys ein cynnig i’n cwsmeriaid 
sy’n ffermwyr wrth iddynt ganolbwyntio 
ar nodau amgylcheddol a bioamrywiaeth. 
Mae hyn yn adlewyrchu’r newid mawr 
sydd ar y gweill ar hyn o bryd o ran 
cymorth gan y llywodraeth, o daliadau sy’n 
seiliedig ar Bolisi Amaethyddol Cyffredin 
yr UE (CAP), i system newydd o gymorth 
ariannol sy’n seiliedig ar ganlyniadau 
amgylcheddol. Rydym yn parhau i addasu 
a datblygu ein cynnyrch a’n gwasanaethau 
i gefnogi’r newid hwn. Mae ein timau o 
arbenigwyr ar y fferm yn darparu cyngor 
ac arweiniad eang, gan gynnwys ar hadau 
amgylcheddol, iechyd pridd, ansawdd dŵr 
ac aer, maeth da byw a thechnegau ac 
ymyriadau ffermio newydd.
Newidiadau i’r Bwrdd
Ar ôl cyfnod estynedig o absenoldeb 
yn ymwneud â mater teuluol difrifol, 
ymddiswyddodd Gareth Davies fel Prif 
Swyddog Gweithredol ar 1 Hydref 2024 
er mwyn parhau i ganolbwyntio ar y mater 
hwn. Mae’n parhau i fod ar y Bwrdd 
mewn rôl ymgynghorol anweithredol tan 
Gyfarfod Cyffredinol Blynyddol y Grŵp ym 
mis Mawrth. Ar ran pawb yn Wynnstay, 
hoffwn ddiolch i Gareth am ei wasanaeth 
gwerthfawr a’i ymrwymiad aruthrol i’r Grŵp 
ers iddo ymuno yn 1999, gan ddod yn Brif 
Swyddog Gweithredol yn 2018. 
Rydym yn croesawu Alk Brand, Prif 
Swyddog Gweithredol newydd y Grŵp. 
Mae gan Alk hanes llwyddiannus iawn 
ym maes twf a datblygiad busnes, sy’n 
cynnwys rhaglenni M&A, integreiddio 
caffael ac effeithlonrwydd. Mae ganddo 
brofiad helaeth o’r sector amaethyddol, 
cadwyni cyflenwi, cwmnïau ffermio 
cydweithredol a marchnadoedd 
bwyd. Arferai Alk fod yn Brif Swyddog 
Gweithredol Westfalia Fruit Group, y 
busnes cynnyrch ffres sydd wedi’i leoli yn y 
DU ac sydd â gweithrediadau ar draws 17 
o wledydd. Cyn hynny, roedd yn bennaeth 
ar Richardson International UK, y melinydd 
a’r cyflenwr cynhwysion grawn. Mae’n dod 
o gefndir ffermio teuluol yn Ne Affrica.
Heddiw, rydym yn cyhoeddi ymddeoliad 
y Cyfarwyddwr Anweithredol, Howell 
Richards. Bydd yn rhoi’r gorau i’w rôl 
gyda’r Grŵp yn y Cyfarfod Cyffredinol 
Blynyddol sydd ar ddod. Gyda’i 
ddealltwriaeth eang o’r diwydiant 
amaethyddol, mae wedi rhoi cyngor doeth 
dros nifer o flynyddoedd ac rydym yn 
diolch iddo am hynny. Mae proses recriwtio 
ar waith i ddod o hyd i olynydd addas sydd 
â gwybodaeth berthnasol am y diwydiant, 
a bydd cyhoeddiad yn cael ei wneud maes 
o law. 
Rhagolygon 
Mae ein rhaglen trawsnewid a buddsoddi 
yn mynd rhagddi a dylai gryfhau ein model 
yn sylweddol a sefydlu lefel sylfaen uwch 
o ran proffidioldeb. Mae’n cefnogi ein 
cynlluniau twf yn llwyr, sy’n seiliedig ar 
gaffaeliadau crynhöol a thwf organig. 
Roedd y flwyddyn dan sylw yn flwyddyn 
anodd iawn i’r Grŵp, ond gyda’r camau 
rydym eisoes wedi’u cymryd, rydym yn 
disgwyl y bydd Wynnstay yn cyflawni 
perfformiad gwell yn y flwyddyn ariannol 
newydd a thu hwnt. 
Steve Ellwood
Cadeirydd
10 Chwefror, 2025
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
17
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Strategic 
Report
Our mission is to help farmers feed the 
UK in a more sustainable way
Strategy and Value Creation
20
Chief Executive Officer’s Report
21
Business Highlights
24
Financial Review
28
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
32
 
Strategic Report
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
18
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

 
Strategic Report
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
19
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our Pillars support value creation
The quality of our 
advice enables us to 
stand-out and create 
deeper relationships 
with customers. We 
have strong teams 
of specialists who 
assist customers 
in identifying 
areas to improve 
their business 
so that they can 
produce food 
profitably, efficiently, 
sustainably and in 
an environmentally 
beneficial way.
Expert Guidance
Acquisitions have 
played an important 
role in Wynnstay’s 
development to 
date, and remain an 
important element of 
our growth strategy 
alongside organic 
expansion. We look 
for acquisitions that 
complement our 
existing areas of 
operation and will 
add value.
Acquisitions
Helping farmers 
to feed the 
country in a more 
sustainable way is 
our fundamental 
goal. It has the 
power to transform 
lives for the better. 
We are proud to be 
pursuing this aim 
and, alongside this, 
to uphold high ESG 
values.
ESG
There are very 
good opportunities 
for us to increase 
our market share 
across all our key 
areas of operation 
and to expand 
our manufacturing 
capability. As we 
increase our share 
of the market, we 
intend to continue 
to maintain our wide 
offering of products 
and services for 
livestock, arable and 
mixed farms. This 
balanced approach 
smooths sector 
volatility.
Organic Growth
Technology offers 
new ways of selling 
our products 
and services 
and enhancing 
our customer 
proposition. We are 
investing to take 
advantage of these 
new opportunities 
and align ourselves 
with the shift 
in customers’ 
buying habits and 
engagement.
Multi-channel Vision
Tr
us
te
d 
Ex
pe
rt
s
Ma
nu
fa
ct
ur
in
g 
Ca
pa
bil
ity
Pr
od
uc
t 
Rr
an
ge
Mu
lti
-C
ha
nn
el 
Of
fe
rin
g
Es
ta
bl
is
he
d
Cu
lt
ur
e 
& 
Va
lu
es
IN
VE
ST
ME
NT
 A
RE
AS
IN
VE
ST
ME
NT
 A
RE
AS
Pe
op
le
Ma
nu
fa
ct
uri
ng
Te
ch
no
lo
gy
Ac
qu
isi
tio
ns
Creating
Shareholder
Value
Strategic Report
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
20
Strategy and Value Creation
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Overview 
It was an especially challenging year for the 
Group, with disappointing performances 
in feed and fertiliser activities. Higher 
costs, including labour and energy, were 
also issues although efficiency initiatives 
helped to mitigate this. It was unusual for 
both of the two main planting seasons 
for grain crops (autumn and spring) to 
suffer from exceptionally wet weather 
conditions. It led to a reduction in demand 
for agricultural inputs and also to the UK’s 
second poorest harvest on record. Farmer 
sentiment was affected by higher costs and 
the ongoing uncertainties of the transition 
to new governmental support mechanisms. 
In addition, dairy and arable farmers 
contended with weaker farmgate prices, 
although these moved more favourably 
later in the year. Reported results were also 
affected by significant non-recurring items.
Despite these substantial headwinds, 
the Group continued to generate good 
cash flows, helped by effective cash 
management, and reductions in working 
capital. Wynnstay’s balance sheet remains 
very strong, with significant net cash. 
Wynnstay has developed a strong market 
position, and I share the view that there is 
a major opportunity to build and develop 
the Group. There is also an opportunity 
to reshape significantly the existing 
operations and to establish a more efficient 
and effective platform. This will enhance 
profitability as well as support our M&A 
strategy. We have commenced a three-
year transformation programme, which 
we are calling Project Genesis, to drive 
reorganisation and investment, and have 
already made a number of management 
changes as we established a new 
senior team. 
Divisional Performance
In order to provide investors with a better 
understanding of the Group’s trading 
performance, and in line with the changes 
we are making to our organisational 
structure, we have re-examined our 
segmental reporting. We now report this 
data under three segments: Feed and 
Grain, Fertiliser and Seed, and Depot 
Merchanting. This replaces our previous 
segmentation of Agriculture and Specialist 
Agricultural Merchanting. Comparative 
segmental data for the prior financial year 
is provided. We foresee improvement and 
growth opportunities in all three segments.
Feed and Grain
Wynnstay manufactures and supplies a 
wide range of feeds and animal nutrition 
products, principally for the dairy, beef, 
sheep and poultry sectors. The Group 
operates three feed mills and three 
blending plants, manufacturing feed that is 
offered in compounded, blended and meal 
forms, and sold both in bulk and in bags. 
Bagged feed is predominantly sold through 
the Group’s depot network. Wynnstay also 
sells a range of raw materials for feed, 
through its Wynnstay and Glasson Grain 
brands. Farmers are offered grain and 
com-binable crop marketing services 
through the GrainLink business.
Alk Brand
Chief Executive Officer
Wynnstay has developed 
a strong market position and 
there is a major opportunity 
to build and develop the Group
Having joined 
Wynnstay on 
1 October 
2024, this is 
my first report 
as the Group’s 
Chief Executive 
Officer”
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
21
 
Strategic Report
Chief Executive Officer’s Report 
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Both the first and second halves of the 
year were challenging and the combined 
results of Feed and Grain operations show 
a significant decrease year-on-year. Total 
revenue was £353.3m (2023: £437.7m), 
with the decrease reflecting falling 
commodity prices, lower feed volumes, 
and a poor 2024 harvest. Poultry feed 
volumes in particular reduced as we started 
to transition away from manufacturing 
at Twyford. Together with more normal 
margins at GrainLink after a record prior 
year, this led to gross profit of £33.2m 
(2023: £36.6m). Higher labour and energy 
costs were also pressures. Adjusted profit 
before tax was £0.7m(2023: £5.7m). 
Total manufactured feed volumes were 
2.7% lower than the previous year, which 
compares to market growth of 3.8%, 
as estimated by the Agriculture and 
Horticulture Development Board (“AHDB”). 
As noted above, poultry feed volumes 
predominantly accounted for the variation.
We took the decision to bring forward 
the transition of manufacturing of poultry 
feed away from the Twyford site, and 
production ceased at the end of January 
2025, approximately a year ahead of the 
termination of the lease. Instead, poultry 
feed will be manufactured at Llansantffraid 
and through third parties. We plan to 
develop our own micro manufacturing 
sites to serve our poultry customers in 
due course. As previously reported, it was 
considered unlikely that we would proceed 
with the renovation of the mothballed 
facility at Calne, and we have now agreed 
a price with a potential acquirer, subject 
to finalisation of legal documentation and 
due diligence and hope to complete a sale 
in the Spring of 2025. We have the ability 
to grow our market share and profitability 
from our anchor sites in Llansantfraid 
and Carmarthen through strategic 
investment, aligned with our vision to use 
manufacturing assets more efficiently.
Grain marketing and feed raw materials 
volumes together were 8.8% lower than in 
the prior year. The heavy rains during the 
planting season led to the UK’s second 
lowest harvest on record and reduced 
the volumes available for marketing by 
GrainLink. It did not therefore repeat 
its excellent performance of the prior 
year, with margins also moving to more 
normal levels, as expected. Total feed raw 
materials volumes were up year-on-year, 
driven by higher demand from farmers. 
Margins remained stable.
Our specialist teams continued to work 
with our farmer customers, advising on 
nutrition for diary, beef, sheep, youngstock 
and poultry enterprises, as well as ways 
of improving performance efficiency and 
delivering environmental objectives. We will 
be adding to these specialist teams over 
the coming year.
As we start the new financial year, farmgate 
prices for red meat and free range eggs 
are robust and the price ratio for milk to 
feed ratio is favourable. This should boost 
farmer sentiment. 
Fertiliser and Seed
The Group supplies a full range of 
high-quality, Wynnstay-branded agricultural 
fertiliser products (compound, straight, 
and blended), and its Glasson fertiliser 
blending operations are the UK’s second 
largest fertiliser blender. Our specialists 
offer bespoke fertiliser programmes. 
These address specific soil conditions, 
thereby increasing the efficiency of the 
fertiliser and improving plant growth. 
The Group also supplies a wide range 
of seeds (spring, autumn, grass, maize, 
catch & forage, and environmental seeds), 
and operates a major seed processing 
facility in Shrewsbury, Shropshire. 
Fertiliser and Seed activities contended 
with a second year of significant 
challenges, and while results were 
off last year’s lows, the expected recovery 
did not materialise. Revenues totalled 
£119.7m (2023: £156.4m), gross profit 
rose to £11.4m (2023: £11.0m) and 
adjusted profit before tax increased 
to £1.4m (2023: £0.8m). 
The continuing normalisation of fertiliser 
prices helped a recovery in demand for 
blended fertiliser, and Glasson Grain’s 
volumes increased by 8% year-on-year. 
However, demand in the important 
fourth quarter of the financial year 
was disappointing as farmers delayed 
purchases, in reaction to weather 
conditions. Margins were also below 
target levels – affected by global fertiliser 
raw material price fluctuations as they 
continued to track back to pre Ukraine war 
(2022) levels. 
The volume of merchanted fertiliser sold 
directly to farmers through the Wynnstay 
brand was slightly higher than the prior 
year but was affected by the smaller 
acreages sown (as a result of heavy rains) 
for a second year. Margins improved year-
on-year.
The seed business was also affected by the 
unusually wet weather conditions, which 
disrupted the crucial planting seasons. 
Autumn cereal seed sales were lower than 
normal although higher than last year’s 
severely impacted levels. Spring cereal 
volumes were hampered by a combination 
of lower availability of seed after the 2023 
harvest yields and poor planting conditions. 
Sales of traditional grass seed mixtures 
were down year-on-year while demand for 
environmental seed mixtures grew strongly. 
This reflected farmer participation in the 
Welsh Government’s Sustainable Farming 
Scheme and the English Government’s 
Environmental Land Management 
Schemes. Our specialist advisors 
continued to provide customers with advice 
on seed mixtures to promote biodiversity 
and soil health. The seed industry offers 
significant growth opportunities. New 
integrated structures and sector focus will 
better enable Wynnstay to capture these.
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
22
 
Strategic Report
Chief Executive Officer’s Report - continued
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

We completed the planned closure of 
our fertiliser blending site at Howden, 
amalgamating its volumes into our plant 
at Goole for greater efficiency. We are now 
in the process of opening an advanced 
new fertiliser blending plant in the Port 
of Avonmouth, Bristol. It will extend 
our geographic reach, and also enable 
Glasson Fertilisers to serve customers 
in South Wales and the South West 
of England more effectively. The new 
facility will use advanced manufacturing 
technology to produce a wide range of 
fertiliser formulations and support our 
environmental offering. We expect it to 
become operational in Spring 2025.
Depot Merchanting
Wynnstay operates a network of 51 
depots catering mainly for the needs of 
farmers but also rural dwellers. Depots 
are mostly located within the livestock 
areas of England and Wales. The network 
is supported by multi-channel routes 
to market, which include a digital sales 
platform, a sales trading desk, regional field 
sales teams and specialist catalogues.
Depot Merchanting revenue was £140.1m 
(2023: £141.7m), with deflation accounting 
for the slight decrease year-on-year. 
Footfall and transactions volumes were in 
line with last year. Gross profit improved 
to £34.6m (2023: £32.3m) and adjusted 
profit before tax increased to £5.5m (2023: 
£3.8m). Margin improvement more than 
offset operational cost increases, which 
included higher energy and labour costs.
After a difficult first half, with lower 
sales volumes in higher margin product 
categories, (which reflected both more 
cautious spending behaviour and a delayed 
start to the normal seasonal on-farm 
construction and maintenance projects 
because of the prolonged wet weather), 
trading improved in the second half of the 
financial year. There was a more favourable 
product mix and a better underlying margin 
performance.
We continued to develop our multi-channel 
routes to market, launching a click-and-
collect service and direct-to-farm deliveries 
for certain products. Uptake of our digital 
portal increased further, although it is 
mainly used by farmers to manage and 
settle their customer accounts online.
Joint Ventures
Wynnstay’s gross share of results of joint 
ventures (Bibby Agriculture Ltd, WYRO 
Developments Limited and Total Angling 
Limited) and associate company (Celtic 
Pride Limited) was £0.8m (2023: £0.9m). 
This was another good contribution. In July 
2024, we concluded the sale of the Group’s 
share of Total Angling Ltd. 
Project Genesis
As discussed earlier, we are excited to have 
launched Project Genesis, our three-year 
operational transformation initiative. It is a 
fundamental step, which will integrate and 
streamline operations and establish a lower 
cost, more efficient operating model. This 
will enhance profitability and significantly 
improve the Group’s ability to drive future 
growth and value creation. 
Rob Thomas and I are leading the 
programme, supported by cross-functional 
teams. The programme is structured 
around workstreams focused on sales 
growth, margin improvements, operational 
efficiency, HR, and business processes. 
By simplifying our operations into distinct 
wholesale and direct sales channels, 
we will make operational gains, improve 
decision-making, and enhance financial 
discipline.
We expect to see significant benefits over 
the three years of transformation, with the 
new financial year seeing some early gains. 
As we progress execution, the financial and 
operational benefits should come through 
more strongly, building in each year. This 
programme will establish Wynnstay with a 
stronger, more scalable, and competitive 
business model, and enable us to better 
serve our customers and drive stronger 
return for our shareholders.
Outlook
The Group has a well-established market 
position, a strong balance sheet and 
generates robust cash flows. 
Our major new programme to transform the 
Group’s operations will sharpen our focus, 
introduce greater commercial discipline 
and strengthen our ability to deliver the 
returns envisaged by our growth plans. 
We have already made good early progress 
with the new programme, restructuring the 
senior leadership team and taking decisive 
action to close the Twyford site ahead of its 
lease termination date.
While agriculture is inherently subject 
to market and weather fluctuations, we 
believe that through a more streamlined 
and focused approach, the business will 
be more resilient against short-term market 
volatility and deliver stronger underlying 
returns. Our transformation programme 
supports our strategy of partnering with 
farmers to supply a comprehensive 
range of agricultural products while also 
consolidating a fragmented market. 
We are confident of the potential ahead 
of us to generate significantly greater 
shareholder value. 
Our Depot Merchanting division will form 
a substantial part of our growth strategy. 
Depots are a significant margin creator 
for our business and renewed focus and 
investment in key resources to further 
improve performance will be given to 
this area.
We anticipate that our investments in 
people, processes, and platforms will 
fully materialise over the next three years, 
however the actions we have already taken 
should yield immediate tangible benefits. 
Trading since the beginning of the new 
financial year has been in line with the 
Board’s expectations, and we remain 
confident that the Group’s performance in 
FY25 will show an improvement over FY24.
Alk Brand
Chief Executive Officer
10 February 2025	
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
23
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

In addition to attending external events, we 
also host our own sector-specific events 
throughout our trading areas. This year 
marked the 10th annual Arable Event—a 
dedicated showcase for arable farmers—
where we featured the latest seed varieties 
alongside a wide range of products and 
services through exhibitor stands.
Agricultural events present a valuable opportunity for us to 
connect with our farmer customers and increase brand visibility 
across the industry. Each year, we participate in around 25 
industry events, many of which are sector-specific, offering 
a platform to highlight the expertise of our specialist teams.
During the year, we have also hosted a 
series of customer roadshows focused 
on optimising the health and performance 
of youngstock. These roadshows provide 
an excellent opportunity for knowledge 
transfer, allowing us to share valuable 
insights and practical solutions with our 
farmer customers.
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
24
 
Strategic Report
Business Highlights 
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our multi-channel approach spans a network 
of depots, field-based sales teams, sales desk, 
and website—enables us to meet the evolving 
needs of our farmer customers. 
Across these channels, our aim is to provide reliable, seamless 
service by ensuring timely deliveries and easy and efficient business 
interactions. Our network of depots plays a valuable role in local rural 
communities, offering employment opportunities, access to products 
and services and support for local causes and events.
“Agricultural events 
present a valuable 
opportunity for us 
to connect with our 
customers and increase 
brand visibility across 
the industry”
Sian Probert
Marketing Manager
De
po
ts
Multi-Channel
Approach
Website
Sales team
Sales desk
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
25
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our range of climate friendly feeds offers 
certified sustainably sourced soya, soya-
free and palm-free plus the inclusion of a 
methane reducing additive – Diamond V. 
Lower Phosphorus Layer Feeds results in a 
13.8% reduction in phosphorus excretions 
per bird per year. Animal health should 
be primarily supported through good 
nutrition and husbandry on farm, which our 
Technical Teams help support. However, 
on occasions where animals do require the 
use of antibiotics or wormers to support 
their health, Wynnstay are able to deliver 
this through feed, following vet advice, 
ensuring that top levels of animal welfare 
are achievable. 
Our in-house nutrition team formulates rations to deliver the 
nutrition chosen by farmer customers, with support from our 
Technical Teams. This helps farmers to get the most from their 
feed, which increases profitability and reduces waste. 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
26
 
Strategic Report
Business Highlights - continued
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our business includes both seed 
production and grain marketing activities 
through GrainLink. This integration allows 
us to offer seed and grain buy backs where 
additional premiums are valued by growers 
at a time when on-farm costs are rising and 
there is competition for land use.
We offer a comprehensive range of 
agricultural seeds and support our 
farmer customers in selecting the correct 
variety or mixture according to their 
end requirements. Our range includes 
conventional and organic mixtures, multi-
species leys, protein crops and varieties 
from the leading plant breeders. The 
demand for Sustainable Farming Incentive 
(SFI) mixtures is increasing. We provide 
compliant mixes that are fit for purpose 
and offer benefits to farming environments 
and soils.
At our seed production facilities, our main 
being at Astley, Shropshire, we can clean, 
mix and pack high quality seeds across our 
portfolio and deliver nationally to our farmer 
customers.
We are strengthening our arable presence in the East of England 
through GrainLink and our seed office in Elvington, Yorkshire. This 
complements the established West of England activities, along 
with a comprehensive team of arable specialists. 
“Our dedicated 
Seed Team 
are experts 
in grass, roots, 
cereals and 
environmental 
crops”
Matt Shand
Head of Seed
Our team of arable specialists include 
FACTS-qualified individuals who prepare 
fully compliant Nutrient Management Plans. 
We can help customers who farm within 
Nitrate Vulnerable Zones (NVZs) to meet 
compliance with government regulations.
The farm traders trade grain by procuring 
cereals from farmers that are then sold 
into the animal feed industry, milling wheat 
supplying the UK’s flour milling network 
and malting barley into the UK brewing 
market. In addition, we supply the biofuel 
industry and export markets with pulses 
for human consumption, mainly peas and 
beans. We have a fully equipped TASCC-
accredited laboratory at Astley, Shrewsbury 
which provides accurate analysis on all 
grains, oilseeds and pulses. This, combined 
with our specialist knowledge of market 
price updates and agricultural news, gives 
access to macro-economic factors which 
effect commodity prices. This enables our 
traders to make trading decisions with 
confidence that we are marketing the grain 
at maximum potential. 
Strategic Report
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
27
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Rob Thomas
Chief Financial Officer
The Group has generated 
strong operating cashflows 
during the year
Group Results
Group revenue in the year decreased by 
£122.8m to £613.1m (2023: £735.9m) 
reflecting reduced commodity prices 
and lower levels of activity in the Feed & 
Grain Division. Gross profit was broadly 
unchanged at £79.2m (2023: £79.9m) 
just £0.7m lower year-on-year. Adjusted 
operating profit reduced by £2.3m to £7.9m 
(2023: £10.2m).
Net finance costs increased by £0.3m to 
£1.1m (2023: £0.8m). IFRS 16 interest was 
£0.5m higher than 2023 and this was offset 
by a £0.2m reduction in bank interest. 
Share of profits of joint ventures reduced 
by £0.1m to £0.8m (2023: £0.9m).
£’000s
2024
2023
Revenue
613,053
735,877
Gross Profit
79,209
79,869
Adjusted operating profit
7,926
10,161
Adjusted profit before tax
7,616
10,267
Profit before tax
4,097
8,703
Basic EPS
12.12p
30.74p
Net Cash (excluding lease liabilities)
32,824
23,717

Adjusted profit before tax reduced by 
£2.6m to £7.6m (2023: £10.3m).
Losses on the mark to market of wheat 
futures contract derivatives reduced by 
£0.3m to £0.5m (2023: £0.8m). These non-
cash losses arise in accordance with the 
valuation requirements of IFRS 9 and have 
no effect on the grain trading book of the 
Feed and Grain Division.
There were £2.3m of non-recurring items in 
the year (2023: £0.1m).
Group Revenue
£613.1m
(2023: £735.9m)
Dividend per Share (pence)
17.50
(2023: 17.25)
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
28
 
Strategic Report
Financial Review
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Taxation
The Group’s tax charge, including 
joint ventures of £1.5m (2023: £2.0m), 
represents 34.9% (2023: 22.1%) of the 
Group pre-tax profit of £4.3m (2023: 
£8.9m). A reconciliation relating to Group’s 
tax charge and Group pre-tax profit is 
given below:
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share were 12.12p 
(2023: 30.74p), based on a weighted 
average number of shares in issue during 
the year of 23.029m (2023: 22.525m). 
Balance Sheet
Capital investment in fixed assets including 
right of use assets, amounted to £10.2m 
(2023: £15.5m) in the year. Of this amount, 
£1.3m related to renewal of previously held 
property leases. 
Working capital reduced by 36.8m to 
£54.2m (2023: £61.0m) as a result of 
reductions in commodity prices. This 
has supported the generation of strong 
operational cash flows during the year. 
Group net assets at the year-end 
amounted to £134.8m (2023: £135.2m), 
which, based on the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year 
of 23.029m (2023: 22.525m), equated to a 
net asset value per share of £5.86 (2023: 
£6.00 per share). Based on the number of 
shares in issue at the year-end of 23.127m 
(2023: 22.956m), this net asset per share 
value was £5.83 (2023: £5.89). Based on 
these balance sheet values, Return on Net 
Assets from adjusted profit before tax was 
5.6% (2023: 7.6%).
£’000s
2024
2023
Tangible & intangible fixed assets
43,939
45,088
Right of use assets
16,919
14,129
Investments in property & joint ventures
6,107
6,257
Net working capital
54,240
61,029
Loans to joint venture
600
639
Net cash (excluding IFRS 16 leases)
32,824
23,717
Lease liabilities
(15,658)
(12,975)
Derivative financial instruments
(879)
(177)
Provisions
(1,199)
-
Current tax assets / (liabilities)
950
(257)
Deferred tax liabilities
(2,994)
(2,220)
Net assets
134,849
135,230
£’000s
2024
2023
Group’s tax charge
Taxation
1,308
1,776
Share of tax incurred by joint ventures & associates
191
192
1,499
1,968
Group pre-tax profit from continuing operations
Profit before taxation from operations
4,097
8,703
Share of tax incurred by joint ventures & associates
191
192
4,288
8,895
Effective tax rate in Group accounts
31.9%
20.4%
Effective tax rate including joint ventures
34.9%
22.1%
 
In accordance with Schedule 19 of the 
Finance Act 2016, the Group has published 
a Tax Strategy document on its website, 
which confirms that the organisation is 
committed to full compliance with all 
statutory obligations and adopts a policy of 
full disclosure to HMRC. The Group refrains 
from using offshore tax jurisdictions and 
will not use specifically constructed tax 
avoidance schemes or arrangements.
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
29
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

£’000s
2024
2023
Operating cash flows*
13,817
16,020
Working capital movement
6,944
4,252
Net interest
(71)
(294)
Tax paid
(1,556)
(2,763)
Net cash generated from operating activities
19,134
17,214
Net capital expenditure
(1,061)
(5,504)
Cash paid for acquisition of subsidiaries
(33)
(2,709)
Joint ventures, associates and trusts
763
600 
Net cash used in investing activities
(454)
(7,613)
Proceeds from issue of share capital
583 
1,471 
Net movement in bank borrowings
(1,806)
(2,346)
Repayment of capital element of leases
(6,290)
(5,042)
Dividends paid
(3,995)
(3,868)
Net cash used in financing activities
(11,508)
(9,784)
Net movement in cash
7,172 
(183)
Effects of exchange rate differences
62 
61 
Opening cash balances
31,055 
31,177 
Closing cash balances
38,289 
31,055 
*Before movements in working capital and provisions
Cash Flow and Net Cash
Net cash generated from operating 
activities amounted to £19.1m (2023: 
£17.2m). The net cash position at the 
year-end was £32.8m (2023: £23.7m). 
Including IFRS 16 leases, the net cash 
position was £17.2m (2023: £10.7m). The 
year-end represents a trough in the Group’s 
annual seasonal working capital cycle 
and therefore usually results in the highest 
reported cash position.
During the financial year, a total of 140,780 
(2023: 111,181) new ordinary shares were 
issued to existing shareholders exercising 
their right to receive dividends in the form 
of new shares. The total equivalent cash 
amount was £0.487m (2023: £0.474m). 
A further 31,487 shares were issued for 
a total cash consideration of £0.096m 
(2023: £0.997m) to employees exercising 
rights over approved share options (2023: 
503,534). Under the Terms and Conditions 
of the Wynnstay Group Plc Scrip Dividend 
Scheme 2015, ‘The Scrip Dividend 
Mandate will only apply in respect of future 
Dividend if the Directors decide to offer 
a Scrip Dividend Alternative in respect of 
that Dividend. If the Directors decide not 
to offer a Scrip Dividend in respect of any 
particular Dividend, a full cash Dividend 
will be paid in the usual way.’ The Directors 
confirm that no Scrip Dividend alternative 
is offered for the year ended 31 October 
2024 and the Wynnstay Group Plc Scrip 
Dividend Scheme 2015 should now be 
considered suspended in order to avoid 
dilution of existing shareholders’ ownership 
percentage.
£’000s
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents
38,289 
31,055 
Bank borrowings
(5,465)
(7,338)
Net cash (excluding IFRS 16 leases)
32,824 
23,717 
IFRS 16 leases
(15,658)
(12,975)
Net cash (IFRS basis)
17,166 
10,742 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
30
 
Strategic Report
Financial Review - continued
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Capital Allocation 
The Board’s objective is to maximise 
shareholder returns over the longer term, 
through a disciplined deployment of cash 
generated, and has adopted the following 
capital allocation framework in support 
of this:
•	 Improved efficiency: the Board has 
identified a number of opportunities 
to reduce costs and improve 
efficiency through a more streamlined 
management structure. 
•	 Organic growth: the Board will invest 
in increased and more efficient capacity 
in order to satisfy demand within our 
chosen markets.
•	 Acquisitions: the Board will continue 
to explore value enhancing acquisition 
opportunities in our chosen markets 
in order to leverage scale advantages 
and to grow overall group revenues in 
the future. Such acquisitions will only 
be made where they are clearly value 
accretive to the business.
•	 Returns to shareholders: the Board 
recognises the importance of dividend 
to shareholders and intends to pay a 
regular dividend.
Our target is to make earnings enhancing 
investments which achieve rates of return 
well in excess of our internal cost of capital.
Going concern
As part of their normal year end processes 
the Board have reviewed commercial 
plans and budgets for the new financial 
year, together with assessing the principal 
identified risks and uncertainties for the 
Group. Detailed cashflow projections have 
been prepared and considered against 
available funding sources, which at the 
year-end included net cash of £17.16m, 
plus £10m of undrawn revolving credit 
facilities and £10.5m of unused overdraft 
facilities with HSBC Bank UK Plc (HSBC). 
In May 2024 an RCF facility of £10m with 
a £5m accordion, was renewed with HSBC 
Bank UK Plc (HSBC) and committed to 28 
February 2027. The facility was undrawn 
at 31 October 2024 and in addition, the 
Group has £10.5m unused overdraft 
facilities and net cash (including IFRS 16 
leases) of £17.12m at the year end. 
Detailed cash flow projections have been 
prepared and considered against these 
available funding sources and substantial 
headroom is available to fund the 
continuing development of the Group. 
The Directors have therefore concluded 
that they have reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate financial 
resources to support the operational 
requirements of the business for 
the foreseeable future, and that it is 
appropriate to continue adopting the going 
concern concept in the preparation of 
financial statements.
Post balance sheet event
We are saddened to have to advise 
that on 6 January 2025 there was an 
employee fatality at our operating site in 
Llansantffraid. The police and HSE are 
conducting investigations and as these are 
in their infancy, we are unable to further 
elaborate on the matter at this stage. We 
are cooperating fully with the investigations 
and our sincere condolences go out to 
the family and affected colleagues at this 
difficult time. 
Rob Thomas
Chief Financial Officer	
10 February 2025	
The Board’s 
objective is 
to maximise 
shareholder 
returns over the 
longer term”
Adjusted Profit Before Tax 
£7.62m
Net Cash
£32.8m
Earnings Per Share (pence) 
12.12
We plan 
to invest in 
increased and 
more efficient 
capacity”
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
31
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

The strategic ambition of the Group is to create sustainable 
growth over the medium to long-term, by identifying 
appropriate business opportunities and developing these 
within a risk management framework appropriate to the 
activities being conducted, the scale of the enterprise and 
the resources available.
The Executive Directors have overall 
responsibility for reviewing risk 
management strategies, supported by 
the wider Executive Committee. Regular 
reviews are undertaken of the operating 
environment for evolving concerns. A 
risk register is maintained and overseen 
by the Chief Financial Officer, who seeks 
appropriate input across the Group. 
The Non-Executive Directors provide 
oversight and scrutiny in this area to ensure 
that risk management is appropriately 
aligned with commercial strategy. 
In all businesses, there are some risks 
and uncertainties which are not able to 
be fully controlled. The table below sets 
out the principal risks and uncertainties 
which could have a material impact on the 
Group, but the list is not exhaustive, and 
it is possible that there will be other risks 
or uncertainties that could have a material 
adverse impact. Whilst all companies are 
subject to some financial risk, the Group 
continues to have a strong balance sheet 
and low gearing; which remain priorities for 
the Board.
 Risk heightened during 2024 
 Risk remained at the same level as 2023 
 Risk decreased during 2024
Risk
Description of Risk
Mitigating Actions
Change
Operational
Health 
and safety 
protocols
The safety, health and welfare of our colleagues, customers, 
suppliers and the communities in which we operate remains an 
absolute priority for the Group. Causing harm to any individuals 
through the Group’s activities or actions creates moral, 
reputational and financial risk to the organisation, as well as 
potential disruption through absence, loss of experience, and 
other consequential implications.
The Group continues to embed the culture of mutual 
responsibility for Health and Safety matters. The CEO’s 
priority personal objective is to keep all colleagues safe.
Ongoing initiatives include extended training and enhanced 
auditing, and external system and policy reviews. 
Executive Site Safety Visits have been introduced during 
the year where each member of the Executive Committee is 
responsible for reviewing health, safety and welfare at two or 
more of the Groups operating sites during the year.
IT systems 
including 
cyber security
Much of the Group’s activities rely on networked IT systems, and 
the breakdown of any of these systems through mechanical fault, 
data loss, malicious activity or obsolescence could lead to failure 
in customer fulfilment processes, together with reputational and 
financial damage.
The Group has internal IT support teams to manage its 
computer systems, including procedures for recovery from 
disruption. 
Security training continues for relevant staff and recovery 
simulations have been successfully completed. Investment 
has increased to update both hardware and operating 
software solutions.
Supply chain 
efficiency
The Group requires access to raw materials and goods for resale, 
and any disruption to its supply chains would damage revenue 
streams.
Strategic partnerships with suppliers are managed by 
specialist colleagues who aim to ensure inventories are kept 
at an optimum level.
Financial
Commodity 
prices, 
currency 
exchange 
rates and 
general 
market 
volatility
The Group’s raw material inputs (grain, feed and fertiliser 
ingredients), along with the farmer customer outputs (dairy, meat, 
agricultural goods) are subject to world prices which are impacted 
by supply and demand, political factors and currency exchange 
rates, which could lead to fluctuating demand for the Group’s 
products. Financial performance will also be impacted if raw 
material impacts on margin are not managed and passed on to 
customers.
The Group does not engage in the taking of speculative 
commodity positions, and uses position reporting systems, 
with appropriate buying limits in place, to manage its 
forward purchasing requirements for its manufacturing 
operations. 
Position reporting systems are in place, and where available, 
hedging tools such as commodity futures contracts are used 
to manage pricing decisions. 
Foreign currency risk is managed by entering into 
agreements at the time of the underlying transaction.
Various hedging strategies have been used to fix costs 
where possible including, in the electricity and fuel markets. 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
32
 
Strategic Report
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

Risk
Description of Risk
Mitigating Actions
Change
Operational
Operating 
environment
•	 Impact of weather conditions and climate change
Demand for the Group’s products is affected by climatic 
conditions which impact both livestock and arable activities. 
Therefore, customer demand can be impacted by the weather 
which, in turn, could lead to volatility of earnings.
The Group monitors trends, and, as noted above, seeks 
to diversify where possible to avoid reliance on individual 
customer or product groups, such as offering products to 
arable and livestock farmers.
•	 Animal diseases
Much of the Group’s commercial activity entails the supply of 
products into the livestock sector, and, as such any disease 
issue which impacts the number of animals may reduce the 
opportunities for the business. The recent increasing incidents 
of Avian Influenza represent serious commercial risks to an 
important customer sector for the Group’s feed business.
The Group monitors areas of concern, and implements 
operational bio-security protocols to minimise the risk 
of contributing to the spread of disease. The Group is 
not dependent on any single category of livestock, and 
maintains exposure to multiple farming enterprises to reduce 
the impact from issues affecting any particular sector. 
•	 Government regulation and licences
A number of the operating sites within the Group require 
specific environment regulated permits, or other governmental 
approvals or licences. Non-compliance with the terms of such 
approvals could result in the withdrawal of authority to operate 
certain activities, which could lead to volatility of earnings or 
loss of reputation.
The Board oversees environmental and regulatory 
compliance by receiving regular updates from management, 
and monitoring the results of internal reviews and external 
compliance audits.
Financial
Credit
A significant proportion of the Group’s trade is conducted on 
credit terms, and as such the risk of non-payment is always 
present.
Customers are credit checked, and appropriate limits set 
up prior to goods or services being supplied. The Group 
actively monitors accounts using the credit control policy, 
and the Board regularly monitors debtor days. The historic 
incidence of bad debts is low
•	 Grain trading business
The grain trading business derives a significant proportion of 
revenue from a small number of key customers, leading to 
substantial customer credit balances.
The Group utilises credit insurance in order to provide partial 
cover against default by certain large customers for grain.
Operational
Industry 
consolidation 
and change
The Group operates in a fragmented market which is undergoing 
consolidation. Our strategy is to grow through a combination 
of organic and acquisition-based means in order to remain 
competitive, and benefit from economies of scale. Consequently, 
it is important to successfully identify, execute and integrate 
growth opportunities in order to mitigate the risk of customer loss 
and competition.
The Group pursues a sustainable growth strategy by seeking 
to increase its market share through geographic expansion 
and acquisitions. The Group continues to invest in its sales 
channels, capturing data through a customer relationship 
management tool in order to identify and manage customer 
sales, service, support and quality across our catalogue, 
direct to farm and specialist agricultural merchanting depot 
network.
Government 
policy and 
agricultural 
support
The UK government and the respective authorities in the 
devolved nations, are in the process of implementing phased 
support mechanisms for farmers, with an underlying focus on 
sustainability and the environment. The potential for reduced 
income for the Group’s predominant farmer customer base, either 
from the direct changes in support payments or, to the current 
commitments from an altered political agenda, could impact the 
demand for the Group’s products.
The Group receives consultancy input on the implications 
of government policy and closely monitors changes 
to arrangements, and adapts plans to respond to the 
opportunities arising from such changes. The respective 
government’s agricultural legislative frameworks have 
been fully investigated, and resources allocated to assist 
our customers to access the available funding for joint 
commercial benefit.

Our Strategic Report for year to 31 October 2024, from the inside front cover to page 33, has been reviewed and approved by the Board 
and is signed by order of the Board.
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
10 February 2025
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
33
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
The Sustainability Strategy is dual-focused on resource 
efficiency and future-proofing profitability of Group activities
Environmental
36
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR)
38
Internal Operations
39
Taskforce on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
40
Alignment Status 
43
Social
44
Governance
50
Stakeholder engagement
51
S172 Statement and Significant Board Decisions
53
Board of Directors and Company Secretary
54
Corporate Governance Statement
56
Audit Committee Report
60
Nomination Committee Report
64
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
65
Directors’ Remuneration Report
66
Director’s Report
72
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
34
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
35
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our impact on our environment is one of 
our major investment priorities as we strive 
to reduce any adverse effects that our 
activities may have on the environment. 
Our strategic approach not only seeks to 
do the right thing but recognises this can 
bring internal cost efficiency and produce 
external revenue opportunities. We seek to 
operate all activities in a sustainable manner, 
and all colleagues are actively encouraged 
to consider and minimise the environmental 
impact of their actions. Our aim is to 
become a carbon neutral business, coupled 
with a sustainability strategy which supports 
our farmer customers to become more 
efficient in the production of food.
Delivering a sustainable 
farming future
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
36
 
Environmental
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

As an evolution of the current 
sustainability-related activities, a new 
Sustainability Governance Structure 
has been developed in 2024, with 
the aim to build better cohesion 
throughout the Group.
A new Sustainability Leadership Team (SLT) has been formed. The SLT 
has overall responsibility for sustainability activities across the Group 
(internal and external). The SLT composition is a subset of the Group 
board of directors and Executive Committee. Initiatives driven by the SLT 
in 2024 include the setting of interim roadmap targets along the journey 
to carbon net-zero by 2040, focus on embedding climate risk with the 
Group’s risk management strategy, considering the role of innovation in 
onward product procurement, and on-farm activities. 
Environmental Governance
Wynnstay Group Plc Board
Sustainability Leadership Team (SLT)
Sustainability Department
Operations Teams: 
Distribution, 
Manufacturing, Depots
Commercial 
Offerings:
Products and Services
ESG Framework
 
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
37
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

We measure and report our energy and carbon data 
across the whole Group, giving comprehensive data to 
measure the environmental impact of the Company.
Our SECR statement includes all 
emission sources required under the 2019 
regulations for the financial year ended 31 
October 2024. As this is the fifth year of 
reporting, we shall be comparing this year 
to the previous 2022/23 year, however 
the benchmark 2019/20 year is shown 
in the table.
Wynnstay Group used 12,608 (13,881 
2022/23) carbon dioxide equivalent tonnes 
(tCO2e) of energy during the year. 32% 
(30% 2022/23) of energy was used in 
producing compound and blended feeds in 
our production plants. A further 57% (61% 
2022/23) was used by our fleet of vehicles, 
this percentage decrease being driven 
by an absolute fall in the litres of road 
fuel used. Both production and transport 
efficiency are key to our energy savings 
plans, as we continue to seek efficiencies 
in factory throughput and miles achieved 
per litre for road fuel respectively.
The carbon intensity ratio we have chosen 
is the best reflection of our total activity 
across all our operations based on the 
total tonnage traded of agricultural inputs 
and grain. Our carbon intensity ratio for 
the year ended 31 October 2024 was 
6.96tCO2e (7.37 2021/22) per 1,000 tonnes 
of agricultural inputs and grain traded. 
For future periods we shall set reduction 
targets for our carbon emissions to enable 
us to begin the measurement of energy 
efficiency along with financial performance.
In order to calculate the carbon emissions, 
we have used the emission factors from the 
UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting 2024. One of the 
requirements of the SECR regulations is to 
report our total UK energy use in kilowatt 
hours (kWh); for this we have used the 
2024 conversion factors. The Scope 1 and 
2 emissions reported are for all operational 
facilities under our control and for which 
we have direct management responsibility. 
Scope 3 emissions are for employee 
mileages in own vehicles only.
Carbon emissions (tCO2e)
Current
2023/24
Previous
2022/23
Benchmark
2019/20
Scope 1 Emissions
9,375
10,567
9,086
Scope 2 Emissions
3,197
3,282
3,582
Scope 3 Emissions
36
32
42
Total Emissions
12,608
13,881
12,710
Delivered tonnage of agricultural inputs and grain
1,811,920
1,882,745
1,560,895
Carbon intensity ratio (tCO2e/1000t traded)
6.96
7.37
8.14
Total UK energy usage (kWh)
54,991,617
60,522,547
53,320,243
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
38
 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR)
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

We have continued to invest in renewable 
energy generation at our freehold sites. 
We have now installed over 1,000kWp 
of solar photovoltaic panels in nine 
locations. To date, the systems have 
generated over 700,000kWh which is 
the equivalent of 144 tonnes of carbon 
emissions saved (CO2e).
We invested in 16 new efficient heavy 
goods vehicles (HGVs) over the last 
year. The new HGVs are performing well 
reporting in excess of 10 miles per gallon. 
After the new editions, over 90% of the 
fleet now meets the Euro 6 emission 
standards. 
Our company car fleet has grown in size over the last 
12 months, and now 30% of the fleet is either fully electric 
or hybrid powered. As part of our continued investment 
in forklift trucks (FLT), we currently have 39 electric FLTs 
across the Group.
We have run various trials on electric and gas powered 
vehicles over the last 18 months, which have highlighted 
the developing technologies available to the business in the 
future. We have taken the learnings from the trial and plan 
to further trial electric vehicles and explore how electric 
recharging and biogas refuelling could work across our 
trading area.
Renewable Energy
Fleet
Fleet KPI’s:
Renewable Energy KPI’s:
HGV
MPG
•	 Bulk = 9.9 MPG
•	 Non-bulk = 10.8 MPG
•	 Store to farm = 27.6 
MPG
Euro 6 standards
•	 90% of fleet
Company Cars
•	 30% of car fleet is fully 
electric or hybrid.
•	 24 EV charging points 
installed, including 2 
rapid chargers.
Forklift Trucks:
•	 32% of FLT fleet is fully 
electric
1,091kWp 
Of solar PV installed
9 sites
Utilising renewable energy
703,821kWh
Generated
144t CO2e
Saved
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
39
 
Internal Operations
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Task Force on Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) reporting 
framework has been used to set out our 
climate risk disclosures.
Governance
The Board is responsible for risk appetite 
and management strategy. The Audit 
Committee is responsible for monitoring 
climate change, including the TCFD 
process. During the year a Sustainability 
Leadership Team (“SLT”) has been 
established and is responsible for driving 
sustainability initiatives across the Group. 
The SLT meet quarterly and are focused 
on accelerating resource efficiency within 
the Group alongside enhancing our 
sustainability offering to farmers 
and growers. 
We recognise the significance of climate change and 
its potential financial implications. During the year we 
have been working to enhance the granularity of our 
risk management processes to improve the resilience 
of the Group’s activities. 
Risk Management
In addition to the Board’s risk register, 
a climate risk matrix 
 see page 42
has been developed to specifically 
consider the risks associated with 
climate change. Climate risk considers 
how climate changes could financially 
impact the Group. The two main types of 
climate-related risks are physical risks and 
transitional risks. 
Physical climate risks arise from natural 
hazards and include extreme weather 
events such as volatile temperatures, 
flooding, and rising sea levels. These 
could affect production and distribution 
sites, damage cropping areas, or impact 
livestock welfare and performance.
Transitional climate risks arise from 
the transition to a low-carbon economy, 
for example, change in policy, regulation, 
technology, market conditions, consumer 
behaviours could impact on our reputation. 
Compliance costs could result in lower 
demand for traditional agricultural 
products.
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
40
 
Taskforce on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Strategy
We have used three measurement periods 
to quantify the likely timescale of each 
risks:
•	 Short-term = 0-5 years
•	 Medium-term = 5-10 years
•	 Long-term = 10 years and beyond
Each risk is documented in the Climate 
Risk Matrix 
 see page 42, which details 
how the risk might impact us and the likely 
timescale. Furthermore, the matrix also 
identifies the opportunities the Group could 
take advantage of as a result of a changing 
climate.
Metrics and Targets
In support of our overriding environmental 
target to achieve carbon net-zero by 2040 
or sooner, we measure progress via the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) framework 
 see SECR on page 38. 
The SECR framework monitors overall 
scope 1 and scope 2 carbon emissions 
of the Group, comparing to a baseline 
year of year ending 2020. Alongside this, 
a carbon intensity ratio is used to factor 
in business growth, which allows for a year-
by-year comparison of carbon reduction 
performance
Developing a Climate Risk 
Approach
In line with TCFD reporting requirements 
for the current year, Wynnstay has carried 
out a detailed assessment of climate risks 
and opportunities. This details the type, 
impact, timescale and mitigation of each 
risk, alongside the impact and timescale 
of each opportunity.
We have analysed risks and opportunities 
into two categories:
1.	 Those in which the Group is directly 
exposed via its operations and 
geographic site locations, 
2.	 Those in which the Group is indirectly 
exposed via its upstream and 
downstream value chains. 
We have estimated the materiality of 
climate risks and opportunities in order 
to prioritise the risks, to manage and 
maximise our opportunities. 
M
it
i
g
a
ti
o
n
T
i
m
e
s
c
al
e
 
o
f 
R
is
k
I
m
p
a
ct
 o
f 
R
is
k
P
h
y
si
c
a
l/
T
r
a
n
si
ti
o
n
a
l
Risk
T
i
m
e
s
c
a
le
 
o
f 
R
is
k
T
i
m
e
s
c
a
l
e
 
o
f 
A
c
ti
o
n
I
m
p
a
c
t 
o
f 
A
c
ti
o
n
Action

The climate risks identified feed into a 
matrix which will be regularly reviewed to 
monitor impact of each risk over time. The 
Climate Risk Matrix also provides a basis 
for planned future work to stress-test our 
resilience. These include:
3.	 Assigning financial threshold figures to 
each risk and action impact
4.	 Climate change scenario sensitivity 
tests
5.	 Value chain mapping
6.	 Aligning climate risk and opportunities 
to Group strategy
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
41
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Risk
Impact
Timescale
Mitigation
Physical risks
Extreme weather 
events
Operations
Flooding at sites in close proximity 
to river/coastal areas.
Long-Term
Should one of our sites become flooded, alternative 
routes to market, such as direct deliveries, will be 
utilised.
Suppliers
Disruption to logistic routes of products 
into our business.
Long-Term
Dual suppliers are available.
Climate impact on 
food production
Suppliers
Potential reduction in crop yields and 
reduced supply of raw materials into our 
feed mills.
Medium-Term
Customers
Changing buying habits and product 
requirements for customers.
Medium-Term
Our broad product range is constantly evolving to 
cater for our farmer customers needs.
Transitional risks
Policy and 
legislation
Mandatory 
carbon tax
Additional operational costs for carbon 
intensive areas of the business, alongside 
indirect cost in creases from the supply 
chain.
Medium-Term
Investment in renewable energy to reduce our 
carbon impact 
 see page 39.
Policy that 
limits livestock 
protein 
consumption
This could impact the demand for core 
manufactured products such as animal 
feed.
Long-Term
Our climate-friendly feed range is gaining traction 
in the market.
Market condition 
changes
Customers
Changes in product and service 
requirements to the businesses of our 
farmer customers
Medium-Term
Focus on product procurement and investment in 
innovative agricultural solutions.
Consumers
Changes to consumer buying habits 
relating to livestock protein consumption.
Long-Term
Our balanced business model, includes a range of 
arable and livestock customers.
Finance
Access criteria to finance underpinned by 
sustainability credentials. 
Medium-Term
We are continuously developing our sustainability 
approach, aimed at reducing our business impact 
on the environment and building resilience into the 
businesses of our farmer customers.
New Technology
Low carbon 
technology
The transition towards low-carbon 
technology often requires front-loaded 
finance to fund.
Medium-Term
Investing in low-carbon technology that unlocks 
a financial return and reduces our environmental 
impact, such as renewable energy.
Climate Risk Opportunities
Carbon reduction 
solutions
Operations
Reduce the cost of energy and operational 
costs.
Medium-Term
Installation of renewable energy technology, and 
investment in process optimisation.
Products and 
Services
Improve revenue and margin from new 
products and services offered to our farmer 
customer base.
Medium-Term
Focus on product procurement and investment in 
innovative agricultural solutions.
1.	 Extreme weather events (physical)
2.	 Climate impact on food production (physical)
3.	 Policy and legislation (transitional)
4.	 Market condition changes (transitional)
5.	 New technology (transitional)
Wynnstay Climate Risk Matrix:
Risk Impact
Timescale
1
2,4
3,5
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
42
 
Taskforce on Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The following table provides a summary of our current alignment with TCFD recommendations.
TCFD pillar
Recommended disclosure
Current Status
Alignment
2023-2024 Objectives
Governance
Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
Via the Audit Committee, the Board continues 
to oversee the Group’s Risk Register, 
comprising climatic conditions. It is supported 
by the Sustainability Leadership Team (SLT).
Advanced
Risks aligned to executive roles.
Management’s role in 
assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
Responsibilities are assigned within the SLT and 
ExCo to develop climate-related strategy, best 
risk management practices, as well as detailed 
metrics and targets.
In Progress
Assigned to sustainability leadership 
team.
Strategy
Climate-related risks and 
opportunities identified 
over the short, medium, 
and long term.
Climate-related risks and opportunities have 
been assessed and measured. Timeframes and 
response action plans are now being defined.
In Progress
Risk matrix created and measured.
Early evaluation of risks and 
opportunities.
Impact of climate on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy, and 
financial planning.
The SLT has evaluated the materiality of climate 
risks and opportunities on its business.
In Progress
Risks have been considered and 
quantified.
Resilience of the strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios.
Whilst risk assessment work has progressed, 
further consideration of our resilience to 
climate-related physical and transition risks in 
different climate scenarios will be considered in 
FY25. Scenario analysis will support this.
Planned
Risks considered, further climate 
related scenarios to be addressed.
Risk 
Management
Processes for identifying 
and assessing climate-
related risks.
The ExCo and functional area managers are 
supported by the SLT and Group Board in the 
ongoing monitoring of climate-related risks.
In Progress
 
SLT has taken this forward.
Functional teams to take more 
responsibilities.
Processes for managing 
climate-related risks.
The Board sets up the Group overall strategy 
taking into account all risks within the Enterprise 
Risk Register. Climate-related risks are part of 
the Published Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
within the Enterprise Risk Register.
In Progress
 
Further scientific rigour to be 
applied to risk assessments.
How such processed are 
integrated into overall 
risk management.
The new Executive Leadership 
team are keen to push further 
responsibilities to functional leaders.
Metrics 
& Targets
Metrics used by the 
organisation to assess 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
Current metrics are GHG emissions: Scope 
1 and Scope 2. Operational KPIs have been 
discussed by the SLT and are being applied to 
the business. Performance against these will be 
measured in 2025.
In Progress
 
The SLT has been deriving 
functional KPIs to track progress.
Scope 1, Scope 2, and, 
if appropriate, Scope 
3 greenhouse gas 
emissions.
The Group Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting Statement 2022/23 includes Scope 1, 
Scope 2, and part of Scope 3 emissions.
Advanced
High energy usage areas have 
been highlighted and targeted for 
improvement.
Targets used by the 
organisation to manage 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.
Our main climate-related target is to be carbon 
neutral (Net Zero) by 2040. Other intermediary 
targets will be developed in 2024 to manage 
climate-related risks and opportunities.
In Progress
The SLT has considered interim 
activities and is considering 
appropriate timelines.
Climate roadmap overview
Our 2025 Climate Roadmap is centred around the following activities that will enable the Group to continue aligning to the TCFD disclosure 
recommendations.
Activity
FY24 Outcomes
FY25 Actions
1 Climate 
risk 
analysis
Detailed analysis of climate-related risks and opportunities:
•	 Physical risks: factories, agricultural value chains, and 
customers.
•	 Transition risks: upcoming regulations, market changes, 
and new technologies.
•	 Materiality of climate risks 
on strategy & financial 
planning.
•	 Updated climate risk 
assessment methodology.
•	 Scientific analysis to support risk evaluation.
•	 Risk and opportunities to be included in 
corporate strategy and commercial targets for 
functional areas.
2 Scenario 
planning 
and climate 
strategy
Development of climate scenarios to stress-test 
organizational resilience vs risks and opportunities & identify 
best strategic options.
•	 Appropriate targets & 
metrics to set strategy in 
motion.
•	 Scenario planning to enhance the risk register.
•	 Address high energy usage areas within 
operating areas.
3 Net Zero 
Reduction 
Pathway
Continue to identify key reduction areas, hotspots, and 
areas of further focus to strengthen a clear forward-looking 
roadmap that communicates the reduction within Scope 1, 2 
and 3 emissions.
•	 Transition Plan 
development for 
successful emissions 
reductions.
•	 Alignment of targets by business area to drive 
both commercial performance and meet shorter 
term roadmap for net zero objectives.
Alignment Status
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
43
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

We are committed to 
making a positive impact in 
the communities we serve
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
44
 
Social
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Employee Engagement
Our Colleague Forum is a group of 
individuals from across the business 
who meet to operate as a mechanism 
to input into the Group’s strategic 
decision-making process, encourage 
involvement in business performance and 
increase awareness of the financial and 
economic factors affecting the Group. 
Colleague Forum representatives come 
from Customer Services, Nutrition, Quality 
Control, Feed Manufacturing, Commodity 
Trading, Transport, Procurement, Depots, 
Marketing, Field Sales, IT, Finance, Arable, 
GrainLink, Glasson and Youngs Animal 
Feeds. The Forum met four times during 
the year, and speakers to the meeting 
included the CEO, CFO, Group Head of 
Health, Safety and Compliance, and our 
Arable Director. Topics covered included 
highlights from our investor relations 
presentation, health and safety, the 
business activities of GrainLink and feed 
manufacturing operations. In addition to 
receiving information about health and 
safety investment, the Forum contributed 
several ideas for further improvements 
based on observations from their own 
experience. The Company Secretary is the 
Chair of the Colleague Forum and provides 
updates on the activities and relevant 
feedback on engagement to both the 
Board and Executive Committee.
Our Colleague Ideas Hub is a route for 
individuals from across the Group to 
submit business improvement ideas and 
suggestions for ways in which to improve 
all aspects of our business. Individuals are 
recognised for ideas. We were pleased 
to have received 66 suggestions during 
this year. 
In 2024, 9 Colleague Roadshows were held 
throughout our trading area. During these 
events, the Executive Committee not only 
shared a comprehensive update on our 
business strategy but also actively sought 
the input from the attendees. 
Our Wynnstay Connect platform informs 
colleagues of company strategy, initiatives, 
and developments, along with providing 
interactive communications across the 
Group. The platform also provides easy 
access links to career and development 
and benefits hubs, including pension and 
Share Save scheme portals. Our Share 
Save offering is popular with colleagues 
across sites and salary levels. We wish 
to continue to encourage colleague 
participation.
People Management and 
Development Framework
Our bespoke People Management and 
Development Framework works to preserve 
our 1st Choice Employer brand, while 
providing a set of principles, policies and 
processes to support the development 
progression of colleagues across the 
Group. The core focus of the framework 
is to support the attraction, retention and 
development of our people. It also provides 
management tools to support for career 
management and development.
Our Goal: To be a 1st-Choice 
employer 
Simply put, a 1st-Choice employer is a 
company where colleagues and potential 
candidates want to work, with strong 
leadership, competitive pay and benefits 
offering, engaged workers, meaningful 
work, and attractive company culture.
Wynnstay - 1st Choice Employer: What Does This Mean?
We are committed to continuously 
reviewing and evolving the opportunities 
we provide to colleagues.
Equality & Inclusion Statement
Wynnstay has high expectations of our 
colleagues commitment to equality and 
inclusion across our business. Colleagues 
are valued regardless of their age, 
disability, gender reassignment, whether 
they are married or in a civil partnership, 
whether they are pregnant or on maternity 
leave, their race, religion or belief, their 
sex or sexual orientation. The working 
environment is one in which the rights and 
diversity of each individual are respected 
and celebrated, and behaviours that 
undermine this ethos are not tolerated.
The Equality and Inclusion Policy, an 
internal document available to the 
workforce, ensures colleagues are aware 
of their responsibilities to promote equality 
and diversity, and also gives colleagues 
an understanding of how to recognise and 
challenge discrimination. Regular training 
opportunities exist to keep colleagues 
informed of changes to equality legislation.
The Group adheres to its obligations under 
Section 78 of the Equality Act 2010, the 
Equality Act (Gender Pay Gap Information) 
Regulations 2016 and reports average pay 
rates for its male and female colleagues. 
The Group focusses on reducing its 
current pay gap and promotes equality, 
fair pay and career opportunities 
regardless of gender.
•	 A commitment to continuously 
enhancing and evolving the 
opportunities we provide to our 
colleagues
•	 Attracting and retaining top talent to 
drive our business forward
•	 Reflecting and upholding our core 
THRIVE values in all that we do
How do we do this? 
•	 Job security in a financially stable 
business 
•	 Active employee recognition and 
appreciation
•	 A robust rewards and benefits 
system
•	 Comprehensive training and 
development 
•	 Being ethically and sociably 
responsible 
•	 Progression opportunities
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
45
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Near Miss Reporting 
A ‘Near Miss’ is an unplanned event that could have caused 
injury, illness, or damage, but did not this time. During the 
year, we established a new initiative where colleagues could 
report ‘Near Miss’ incidents through an easy-to-use QR code. 
This approach ensures we can identify and address potential 
hazards, leading to a safer workplace. 
ESSVs (Executive Site Safety Visits) 
During the year, we implemented our ESSVs (“Executive 
Site Safety Visits”), which provided an opportunity for our 
Executive Committee to engage with, and listen to the views of 
colleagues from across the business on matters of safety. 
Positive Audits
Positive Audits are an opportunity for site or department 
managers to visit alternative sites within the Group to observe 
good practices in action, which they could implement in their 
own teams to improve health and safety. 
Staying Safe on Farms Training
A training program targeted towards our colleagues who visit 
farms, providing them with the knowledge of farm dangers and 
the actions to take in the event of an emergency. 
Health & Safety Initiatives
Health, Safety & Welfare
Health, safety, and environmental impact 
are at the heart of everything we do. 
We are committed to providing a healthy 
and safe work environment. Our health and 
safety vision and policy reflects a proactive 
and preventative behavioural-based 
approach that integrates health and safety 
into our culture, values and the way 
we do business.
We recognise that to protect our colleagues 
and stakeholders from injury, illness, and 
other loss, we must value health, safety 
and well-being as much as our other 
core values.
 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
46
 
Social - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Our Aims
 
Desired objectives;
Targets:
Aim 1
To build a 
“Sensible 
Health 
and Safety 
Culture”
•	 To develop and undertake arrangements 
for occupational risk in accordance with 
industry best practices.
•	 To ensure that safety management 
systems are implemented at all levels 
that enable Wynnstay to ensure that all 
business units of the organisation are 
meeting their legal obligations and our 
policies.
•	 To undertake internal auditing and 
provide evidence to ensure compliance 
with company standards, policies and 
legal obligations.
Aim 2
To ensure 
that the 
organisation 
continually 
improves.
•	 Provide efficient methods for colleagues 
to report safety-related incidents, 
improve how incidents are investigated, 
and improve the quality of the 
investigations undertaken.
•	 To develop efficient media in which any 
useful lessons learned are communicated 
to other colleagues throughout the 
Group.
•	 To notify all relevant incidents within a 
period of time allocated, in accordance 
with the accident/incident reporting 
flow charts, and to ensure relevant 
support is provided to undertake an 
appropriate investigation.
•	 On notification of an incident, 
disseminate relevant information to 
colleagues by email or documented 
TBTs (Toolbox Talks) within 24/48 hours 
of the notification being received.
•	 To avoid any non-compliance in regard 
to works undertaken.
•	 Should a non-compliance be raised, 
this will be closed out in a timely 
manner and all works will be completed 
to the relevant compliance standards.
Aim 3
To ensure 
Health 
and Safety 
performance 
is measured 
and 
monitored
•	 To identify effective and meaningful 
data with regard to ‘lead and lag’ 
performance.
•	 To ensure that the data is used as part of 
the planning process to improve health 
and safety performance.
•	 To develop a consistent approach to 
auditing and inspection across the 
Group, focusing on those key areas that 
influence improvements in health and 
safety performance.
•	 To measure the safety management 
systems adopted at all levels of the 
company.
•	 Generate ‘lead & lag’ performance 
summary updates.
•	 To undertake internal auditing of the 
Group bi-annually, so as to provide 
evidence to ensure compliance to our 
management system as well as to our 
policies and legal obligations.
•	 To address any non-conformity as 
identified through internal or external 
audits within the timeframe stated.
Aim 4
To develop 
leadership 
skills for 
managers 
that improve 
health 
and safety 
performance
•	 To undertake leadership training in health 
and safety by working with trainers and 
awarding bodies to develop managers as 
part of the leadership competencies.
•	 Ensure that health and safety leadership 
skills and actions are developed for 
Senior Management, proportional to the 
role or appointment they undertake.
•	 To undertake internal auditing of 
the Group bi-annually and review 
leadership training requirements.
•	 Bi-annually review partnerships to 
provide the quality and quantity of 
training.
Aim 5
To maintain 
a skilled and 
competent 
workforce.
•	 To ensure that all individuals, including 
elected members, senior managers, 
colleagues, and contractors/partners who 
help deliver the services, have the level of 
competency to complete their role safely.
•	 To ensure that any training or 
development necessary to achieve this 
is identified, quantified, planned and 
resourced to ensure that success in this 
aim is delivered.
•	 To review training records and 
competency regularly against employed 
role 
•	 To undertake training or development 
in health and safety by working 
with trainers and awarding bodies 
in accordance with the Group’s 
requirements.
Wynnstay is built on the foundation 
of offering customers the highest 
standards of customer service and 
specialist advice. A key part of 
delivering this service is the training 
and development of our colleagues, 
which not only ensures a high 
service level but also offers career 
progression. We offer a range of 
training courses and professional 
qualifications across our business, 
which include:
•	 Management and Leadership - 
20Twenty Business Growth and 
Apprenticeship
•	 Agricultural Sales and Personal 
Development – Box Clever
•	 Depot Manager, Sales and 
Apprenticeship Training- Riverside 
Training (England) and Cambrian 
Training (Wales) 
•	 Specialist Expertise - BASIS 
(Pesticides and Fertiliser), FACTS 
(Fertiliser), AMTRA (Animal 
Health), Wynnsan Training 
Academy (Dairy hygiene), Cow 
Signals (Livestock health and 
welfare)
•	 People Management and 
Development - Chartered Institute 
of Professional Development
•	 Finance - Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants
•	 Health and Safety - Institution of 
Occupational Safety and Health
•	 Cybersecurity - Knowbe4 Cyber 
Security Training 
Training & Development
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
47
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Industry Initiatives
We championed various industry initiatives 
throughout the year, proudly sponsoring 
events like the NFU Cymru Wynnstay 
Sustainable Agriculture Award, NFU 
Cymru Poultry Conference and The Cream 
Awards. Additionally, we actively endorsed 
crucial industry campaigns such as Back 
British Farming Day and Mind Your Head 
Farm Safety. Our dedicated involvement 
in these endeavours underscores our 
commitment to the agricultural sector and 
serves as a vital means to connect with the 
next generation—fostering relationships 
with future customers and potential 
colleagues.
Some of the industry initiatives and 
campaigns we have supported.
•	 NFU Cymru Wynnstay Sustainable 
Agriculture Award
•	 NFU Cymru Sustainable Farming 
Conference
•	 Dairy Vitality Award at The British 
Dairying Cream Awards
•	 NFU Cymru Poultry Conference
•	 BFREPA Young Person Initiative
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
48
 
Social - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Community Impact
Our commitment to making a positive 
impact in the communities we serve 
is important. Throughout the year, we 
supported 143 individual events or causes, 
ranging from local agricultural shows to 
charitable initiatives, community groups, 
and educational settings. In the spirit of 
giving back, we directly contributed 
£3,700 to charitable causes and £21,150 
to initiatives within the agricultural and 
local communities.
Engaging With Our Customers
As part of our customer engagement 
strategy, we held our annual Arable Event, 
now in its 10th year. This event invites 
customers to explore trial plots, browse 
trade stands, watch demonstrations, and 
listen to insights from keynote speakers in 
the agricultural industry. Complementing 
these flagship events are various localised 
depot events, on-farm workshops, and 
customer meetings, collectively providing 
numerous opportunities for ongoing and 
meaningful engagement with our 
valued customers.
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
49
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Board places the 
highest priority on delivery 
long-term shareholder value
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
50
 
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Customers – the Group seeks to excel in terms of 
range, value, quality, and service. The relationship 
nature of the Group’s trading activities requires 
strong communication links with individual 
customers, which are maintained through named 
account managers and other dedicated sales 
contact colleagues, regular correspondence and 
increasingly through digital interaction channels. 
The Group has specialist teams who are able 
to offer advice on a range of agricultural matters, 
and more details can be found 
 on page 12.
Shareholders – the Board seeks to execute its 
strategy in a sustainable way in line with our 
corporate values, Wynnstay THRIVE, which is 
explained 
 on page 7. We utilise the principles 
set out in the QCA code to use good corporate 
governance and build trust, communicating updates 
on financial performance in a timely and appropriate 
manner. Directors will routinely engage with both 
institutional and private investors and will seek out 
opinions on unusual or potentially controversial 
matters before applying policy changes. 
Colleagues – the Group aims to attract, develop 
and reward high-quality colleagues, and ensure 
a safe, productive and interesting environment 
to work in, thus encouraging the highest levels 
of customer service. The Group has a Colleague 
Forum and a senior management “open- door” 
policy to encourage open dialogue across the 
Group. Executive Committee members regularly visit 
operational locations and colleagues are routinely 
updated on developments through correspondence, 
newsletters, blogs and meetings.
Suppliers – the Group has a comprehensive 
network of reliable and supportive suppliers and 
seeks to select suppliers who offer sustainable 
partnerships in order to offer better value to our 
farmer customers. Product managers regularly 
engage with suppliers, developing marketing 
initiatives that align with the commercial objectives 
of the Group. 
Communities – the Group aims to be an active 
and positive participant in the local communities 
in which it operates. Participation in social 
engagement with various community contacts is 
encouraged, and the Group selects certain charities 
to support on an annual basis. During the year some 
240 examples of support were offered to community 
initiatives in the form of sponsorship, other financial 
support or practical assistance.
Stakeholders
We have five main stakeholder groups. 
We have specific corporate goals for 
each, which are balanced to satisfy the 
expectations of each group to achieve our 
overall strategic ambitions. Engagement 
channels are well developed for each 
grouping, which provide strong two-way 
communication links, ensuring the Board 
is always cognisant of expectations. 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
51
 
Stakeholder Engagement
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Stakeholder 
priorities
Purpose 
of engagement
How we engage
Outcomes during the year ended 31 
October 2024
Customers 
We aim to provide a reliable, 
seamless service to our 
customers by ensuring timely 
delivery, easy and efficient 
business interactions, and 
comprehensive knowledge 
sharing across all customer 
touchpoints. Our goal is 
to supply products that 
consistently meet or exceed 
customer expectations.
To foster a customer-first ethos, 
gaining a deeper understanding 
of our customers’ current and 
future needs to deliver solutions 
that drive growth for both our 
customers and Wynnstay. By 
leveraging targeted external 
market research to gain insights 
into current and future customer 
demands.
We maintain continuous engagement with our 
customers through our depot network, field sales 
teams, customer service, and sales desk. Our 
technical teams also offer specialised on-farm 
support and tailored solutions. This multi-channel 
approach allows us to stay closely connected with 
our diverse customer base—whether in person, by 
phone, or digitally. Additionally, we participate in 
trade shows and host Wynnstay-branded events, 
such as the Arable Event, to further strengthen 
relationships and showcase our expertise.
By continuously listening to 
our customers and monitoring 
the evolving market, we were 
able to refine and enhance our 
offerings—such as our arable 
services—and tailor solutions 
to meet specific needs. This 
approach has also led to 
innovations like the introduction 
of our click-and-collect service.
Colleagues
Our success is driven and 
achieved through our people. 
Our bespoke, aspirational 
employer brand aspires to 
position us as the 1st-Choice 
Employer. This is coupled with 
our people management and 
development framework, to 
deliver to offer an engaging 
workplace culture.
Benefits packages are aligned 
to core values recognising 
and preserving long-term 
employment relationships, 
health and wellbeing, 
adaptability and flexibility, 
collaboration, and customer 
focus.
We recognise that engaged teams 
deliver success. 
We act in accordance with our 
values – THRIVE– to ensure that 
colleagues across all business 
areas are treated with dignity 
and respect whilst offering 
development and training where 
appropriate.
Our Personnel team communicate in line with good 
practise and CIPD professional standards. 
We value the views of our colleagues and continue 
to encourage participation in decision making 
through the Colleague Forum.
Other engagement schemes include our Colleague 
Ideas Hub and recognition scheme, Wynnstay 
Connect communications platform and long 
Service events and awards.
66 Colleague Ideas were 
shared with our Executive Team 
following promotion of the 
scheme via Colleague Ideas 
Week. 
Colleague Forum meetings were 
held throughout the year.
‘We Care’ benefits scheme was 
launched earlier in the year and 
offers confidential and personal 
support to all colleagues, 
and their immediate families; 
including medical, health and 
wellbeing, financial and legal 
guidance. 14 colleagues received 
invitation to our long service 
event and were presented with 
an award by the Company 
Chairman. 
Shareholders
Sustainable growth, with 
a focus on supporting the 
agricultural sector.
Consistent share price growth.
A progressive, dependable 
dividend policy.
Strong resilience utilising a 
balanced business model to 
mitigate challenging market 
conditions, particularly in 
agriculture.
To clearly communicate how 
Wynnstay aims to deliver growth 
and create value, both for 
shareholders and the agricultural 
community.
To ensure the Group’s strategy 
evolves in line with the changing 
interests of shareholders.
To provide shareholders with 
regular opportunities to engage 
directly with Board members, 
fostering transparency and 
dialogue.
We hold bi-annual investor roadshows, timed 
with our half-year and full-year results, where 
institutional investors and farming shareholders can 
meet with the CEO and CFO.
Recorded webcasts of our financial results are 
made available on our website, wynnstaygroup.
co.uk, which also features the Annual Report, 
presentations, trading updates, and sector-specific 
resources for our farming shareholders.
The AGM is well attended by our traditional farming 
shareholders and offers an additional chance for 
them to engage directly with the Board to discuss 
corporate strategy and market conditions.
Additional interactions with 
significant shareholders during 
the year to keep them abreast 
of how we managed leadership 
changes.
Improved articulation of the 
Group’s segments and insight as 
to how we generate our profits.
Suppliers
Provide Innovative and fit for 
purpose range of goods for our 
customer needs.
Ensure ranges meet customer 
needs.
Ensure value is captured from 
procurement engagement.
Collaborate with our supplier 
base to ensure sustainability is 
high on the agenda for ongoing 
improvements.
Regular meetings with suppliers regarding ongoing 
performance and future opportunities.
Agreed trading terms to ensure ethical trading, 
which are reviewed annually
Regular reviewing of ranges to ensure customer 
needs and expectations are met in line with ranging 
strategy.
Improved trading margin due to 
ongoing supplier negotiations 
and collaboration.
Supplier rationalisation.
Stock keeping unit (SKU) 
rationalisation continues 
following ongoing range reviews.
Communities
For Wynnstay to be an active 
and positive participant within 
the communities in which it 
operates.
To make a meaningful contribution 
to the local communities where 
we operate, recognising their 
crucial role in the agricultural 
industry across our trading area.
This year, we supported a diverse range of causes 
across our trading areas, from agricultural shows 
to charitable events and initiatives aimed at 
supporting the next generation of farmers. Through 
these efforts, we strengthened our commitment to 
the communities we serve, fostering growth and 
resilience at both local and regional levels.
Support of 143 causes, which 
included 86 shows, 30 charitable 
causes and 21 activities relating 
to the next generation of farmers.
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
52
 
Stakeholder engagement - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Background
All large companies are required to include 
a separate statement in their strategic 
report that explains how its directors have 
had regard to wider stakeholder needs 
when performing their duty under s172 of 
the Companies Act 2006. This disclosure 
requirement in no way changes the 
underlying statutory duties of a director, 
which are set out below:
Section 172(1) of the Companies 
Act 2006
A director of a company must act in the 
way he/she considers, in good faith, 
and would be most likely to promote the 
success of the company for the benefit of 
its members and in doing so have regard 
(amongst other matters) to: 
a.	 The likely consequences of any decision 
in the long-term 
b.	 The interests of the company’s 
employees; 
c.	 The need to foster the company’s 
business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others; 
d.	 The impact of the company’s operations 
on the community and the environment; 
e.	 The desirability of the company 
maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct, and; 
f.	 The need to act fairly between members 
of the company. 
Key Board Decisions

Issue and Decision
s172 Considerations
Stakeholder Groups 
Impacted
Outcome
Board Succession
Gareth Davies took a leave of absence in February 
2024 due to a personal family matter. Interim 
arrangements included appointing Chairman 
Steve Ellwood as Executive Chair and Chief 
Financial Officer Rob Thomas assuming additional 
operational responsibilities. Howell Richards’ tenure 
was extended. Following Gareth Davies’ inability 
to return to full-time work, a recruitment process 
led to Alk Brand’s appointment as CEO in October 
2024. Gareth Davies stayed on as a Non-Executive 
Director.
a-f
•	 Leadership stability maintained through interim 
measures.
•	 Alk Brand’s appointment brings fresh 
leadership, aligning with long-term goals.
•	 Operational stability preserved with Rob 
Thomas taking additional responsibilities.
•	 Gareth Davies transitioned smoothly into a 
Non-Executive Director role ensuring continuity 
of handover.
Manufacturing of Poultry Feed 
The board evaluated alternative manufacturing 
plans for poultry feed after concluding it was not 
viable to renovate the Calne mill. It was decided 
to collaborate with a third party for short-term 
feed manufacturing as a short-term transition to 
developing mobile manufacturing sites in southern 
England by 2025. The Twyford mill lease ended in 
January 2025, and the Calne site is being marketed 
for sale.
a-f
•	 Plans for mobile manufacturing aligned with 
future operational strategy.
•	 The Calne site prepared for sale to unlock value.
•	 Collaboration with a third party ensured 
continued supply chain stability during the 
transition.
•	 Fixed cost savings achieved by ending the 
Twyford lease.
S172 Statement and Significant Board Decisions
The Board and its individual directors have 
acted in accordance with these statutory 
obligations while conducting their duties 
during the financial year to 31 October 
2024, and have taken into account relevant 
issues, factors and wider stakeholder 
group concerns when considering business 
strategy and the decisions necessary 
to execute that strategy. The Directors 
recognise the importance of managing the 
business in a responsible, fair and ethical 
manner, and strive to engender such values 
in every aspect of the Group’s operations.
The Group continues to identify five main 
stakeholder groupings associated with the 
business. Details of how we have engaged 
with each group are shown 
 on page 52.
 Customers 
 Colleagues 
 Shareholders 
 Suppliers 
 Communities 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
53
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

A (C)
1 = Institute updates 2 = External advisor updates 3 = Investor forums 4 = Industry bodies 5 = Other non-executive roles 6 = Professional network 7 = Member of Institute of Directors 8. Self-study
N = Nominations Committee A = Audit Committee R = Remuneration Committee (C) = Chair
Professional Development
Audit Key
Steve Ellwood
Independent Non-Executive Chairman
Spent all of his 45-year career working with farmers and in the agricultural 
sector. Previously Head of Agriculture at HSBC for 10 years, and Head of 
Food and Agriculture at Smith & Williamson. Holds non-executive directorship 
positions at: NIAB Group, the crop science and research organization; AH 
Worth, the fresh produce group, where he is Chairman; and Velcourt, the 
international farm management group.
Steven Esom
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Extensive senior-level experience in the UK food and retailing industries and 
significant experience of the UK agricultural sector.
Whilst Managing Director of Waitrose & Partners, regularly engaged with 
farmers and was involved with the oversight of Waitrose-owned farmlands. 
Chairman of Sedex, a leading global supply chain consultancy focused on 
environmental, social and governance (“”ESG””) outcomes, which operates the 
world’s largest data platform for supply chain assessment.
Catherine Bradshaw
Independent Non-Executive Director
A qualified chartered accountant, has over 20 years’ experience in financial and 
general management roles, primarily in the food industry. Currently Director 
of Reporting and Controls at Cranswick Plc, a leading UK food producer 
with revenue of almost £2.6 billion. Previously Group Financial Controller of 
Greencore Group Plc, a leading manufacturer of convenience food in the UK, 
having joined the FTSE 250 listed business in 2015. Prior to this, she worked in 
senior financial positions at Wm Morrison Supermarkets Plc, the supermarket 
group, and Northern Foods Plc, the food manufacturer. She qualified as a 
chartered accountant at KPMG in 2000.
Other appointments
Chairman AH Worth and 
Company Limited
Non-Executive Director NIAB, 
Velcourt Limited and Langton 
Brewery Limited
Past appointments
Head of Agriculture HSBC
Head of Food and Agriculture 
at Smith & Williamson
Other appointments
Chairman of Sedex Holdings 
Ltd, Sedex Information 
Exchange Limited, Advantage 
Travel Centres Limited, The 
British Wrestling Association 
Limited
Past appointments
Managing Director 
Waitrose & Partners
Executive Director of Food 
Marks and Spencers
Other appointments
Director of Reporting and 
Controls Cranswick Plc
Past appointments
Senior Finance Roles at 
Northern Foods Plc,
Morrisons Plc,
Greencore Plc
1
1
1
1
1
1
N(C)
N
N
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
R
R (C)
R
7
7
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
A
A
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Professional Development
Professional Development
Professional Development
Skills
Skills
Skills
Committee Membership
Committee Membership
Committee Membership
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
54
 
Board of Directors and Company Secretary
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

1 = Strategy & leadership 2 = Sector experience 3 = Mergers & acquisitions 4 = Sales & marketing 5 = Finance 6 = Corporate governance 7 = Company Secretarial 8 = Health & safety
Skills
Alk Brand
Chief Executive Officer
Experienced Global CEO, Board Director, Transformation & Integration Leader, 
Growth and Operational Excellence Achiever, and M&A Expert. A strong 
advocate for proper corporate governance, resulting in the attainment of the 
IoD Chartered Director qualification in 2022 and recognition as England’s 
Chartered Director of the Year in 2023. People-focused with a belief that talent 
is a key differentiator.
Rob Thomas
Chief Financial Officer
Significant financial and commercial experience in senior roles, including in the 
agricultural and the supply chain sectors. Joined Wynnstay in 2023 from EFS 
Global Limited, the UK-based logistics provider, where he was Group Finance 
Director. Before that, he worked at NWF Group Plc, as the Finance Director of 
the feeds division, NWF Agriculture Limited, which manufactures and supplies 
animal feeds to livestock farmers across the UK. He has significant experience 
of M&A and strategic planning. Qualified as a chartered accountant with PwC 
in 2004.
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Qualified as a Chartered Accountant with PwC in 2001, has over twenty years’ 
experience in senior financial and administrative roles.
Other appointments
N/A
Past appointments
CEO at Westfalia Fruit Group, 
Hans Merensky Holdings, 
Pioneer Foods UK
MD Richardson Milling UK Ltd
Director Marketing and 
Wholegoods Massey Ferguson
Other appointments
N/A
Past appointments
EFS Global Limited, NWF 
Group Plc, NWF Agriculture 
Limited
Other appointments
N/A
Past appointments
After 6 years in audit at 
PwC, Claire went onto work 
in various finance roles at 
a number of large listed 
companies before joining 
Wynnstay.
1
1
1
1
1
1
N
N
N
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
R
R
R
7
7
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
A
A
A
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
Professional Development
Professional Development
Professional Development
Skills
Skills
Skills
Committee Membership
Committee Membership
Committee Membership
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
55
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Board places the highest priority on 
delivering long-term shareholder value, 
and as stewards of this responsibility, 
we believe it is critical to maintain a 
governance strategy appropriate to the 
activities and scale of our business, based 
on honesty, integrity, and transparency. 
This Statement provides details of the 
framework and practices the Board apply 
to satisfy these responsibilities. 
In accordance with AIM Rule 26, the 
Board confirms that they apply the QCA 
Corporate Governance Code for Small and 
Mid-size Quoted Companies (“the Code”) 
to the Group. I am pleased to report that 
the Board believe the Group have remained 
in compliance with the principles of the 
Code throughout the year, and I would like 
to explain how this was achieved. Where 
relevant information is contained elsewhere 
in this document, references are given
Principle 1: Establish a purpose, 
strategy and business model 
which promote long-term value for 
shareholders
Long-term value creation is at the heart 
of our business; our goal is to help our 
predominantly farmer customers feed 
the country in a more sustainable way. 
The Board updated its long-term strategy 
in 2020 with five key growth pillars, 
which are laid out in the Strategic Report 
 on page 20, and which support the 
development of the Group’s balanced 
business model, an overview of which is 
given 
 on page 10. Key developments in 
the business during the year are explained 
in the Chief Executive Officer’s Report 
 on pages 21 - 23, and the Board’s major 
decisions during the year are highlighted 
within our S172 statement 
 on page 53.
Principle 2: Promote a corporate 
culture that is based on ethical 
values and behaviours
More information about our corporate 
values THRIVE can be found 
 on page 7. 
Details of how we have invested in Health 
and Safety during the year can be found 
 on page 46. The Group also has a number 
of policies and procedures designed to 
safeguard our ethical values, including 
Whistleblowing, Equal Opportunities, 
Training and continuing professional 
development and, where possible, internal 
promotions from existing employees. 
The Board receives regular feedback 
through the Colleague Forum, Employee 
Roadshows and other senior executive 
interactions with the wider Company.
Principle 3: Seek to understand 
and meet shareholder needs and 
expectations
The Board is committed to open and 
honest dialogue with its shareholder base 
to seek to understand and meet their 
needs and expectations, and appropriately 
share information with shareholders and 
other stakeholders to allow them to make 
informed decisions about the Group. The 
Group has a diverse range of shareholders 
who can be broadly categorised in the 
following groups:
•	 Institutional investors holding more than 
3% of the share capital as noted 
 on page 73 of the Directors’ Report
•	 Other institutional investors
•	 Private individuals
•	 Employees and ex-employees
Directors proactively engage with both 
institutional and private investors when 
appropriate and will seek out opinions on 
unusual or potentially controversial matters 
before adopting policy changes or tabling 
shareholder resolutions. The Board will 
always review written feedback reports 
from investors following financial results 
“roadshows” and will also always consider 
information received from institutional 
voter advisory firms. Continually improving 
communication between directors and 
colleagues is important and a number of 
mechanisms are used across the Group 
including, results Roadshows led by 
the Group Executive Team, newsletters, 
Colleague Forums, and opportunities for all 
Colleagues to put questions directly to the 
Chief Executive.
Details on how the Board have taken the 
views of all stakeholders into consideration 
when making significant decisions in 
the year are contained within the S172 
statement 
 on page 53.
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to present our Corporate Governance 
Statement for the year ended 31 
October 2024
Wynnstay Group Plc
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
56
 
Corporate Governance Statement
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Principle 4: Take into account 
wider stakeholder interests, 
including social and environmental 
responsibilities, and their 
implications for long-term success
We create value by operating in a 
sustainable way, to help livestock and 
arable farmers grow food that is profitable, 
sustainable and environmentally friendly. 
The Directors recognise the importance of 
managing the business in a responsible, 
fair and ethical manner, and strive to 
engender such values in every aspect of 
the Group’s operations. More detail on 
how the Group engages with sustainable 
farming practices is contained in the ESG 
section of the Strategic Report. During the 
year, a new Sustainability Leadership Team 
was formed, 
 see page 37 for more details.
Principle 5: Embed effective risk 
management, internal controls and 
assurance activities, considering 
both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation
The Board’s risk appetite is explained 
within the Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Report 
 on pages 32 - 33 which also 
includes an analysis of significant risks 
and mitigations. The Board retains ultimate 
responsibility for determining our risk 
appetite and overseeing management 
strategies. 
The Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring that the Group maintains an 
effective system of internal control which 
directs the Group’s activities in order to 
ensure the safeguarding of assets, to assist 
in the delivery of the Group’s strategic, 
financial and operational ambitions and 
to provide it with reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial 
information that is used within the 
business. The Group does not currently 
have a formal internal audit function and 
at present the Board believes that existing 
management resource is sufficient to 
adequately control the Group in its current 
size, however this matter continues to be 
actively reviewed.
The key procedures within the control 
structure include:
•	 A comprehensive risk register is 
maintained and regularly reviewed by 
the Board,
•	 Managers at all levels in the Group have 
clear lines of reporting responsibility 
within a clearly defined organisational 
structure;
•	 Comprehensive financial reporting 
procedures exist, with budgets 
covering profits, cash flows and 
capital expenditure being prepared 
and adopted by the Board annually. 
Actual results are reported monthly to 
the Board and results compared with 
budgets and last year’s actual;
•	 Revised forecasts are prepared as 
appropriate; and
•	 There is a structured process for 
appraising and authorising capital 
projects with clearly defined 
authorisation levels.
There are, however, inherent limitations 
in any system of internal control and 
accordingly even the most effective 
system can provide only reasonable, and 
not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.
Principle 6: Establish and maintain 
the board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the chair
A formal schedule of matters requiring 
Board approval is maintained and regularly 
reviewed and covers items such as Group 
strategy, approval of budgets and financial 
results, dividend policy, major capital 
expenditure, corporate governance and 
Board appointments. Comprehensive 
briefing papers are circulated prior to 
each meeting. Details of committee 
membership are included 
 on pages 54 - 55. 
All committees have a majority of members 
who are Independent Non-Executive 
Directors.
Director service letters are in place for all 
Non-Executive Directors, and are based 
upon the ICSA sample non-executive 
director’s appointment letter. Amongst 
other matters, these letters specify that 
each Non-Executive Director should be 
prepared to spend at least 3 days per 
month on company business after the 
induction phase, whilst making it clear that 
there is always the possibility of additional 
time commitment in respect of preparation 
time and ad hoc matters which may arise 
from time to time.
The Board usually meets once per month 
with additional meetings when necessary. 
The number of meetings held in the year 
ended 31 October 2024, together with 
the attendance record for each Director is 
detailed below for the board meetings. The 
committee meeting attendance is shown 
for committee members only, although 
other directors may be invited to be present 
at committee meetings at the discretion of 
the committee chairs.  
Board – Main
Board – Additional 
for share save 
allotments
Audit 
Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Number of meetings
19
4
4
6
5
Steve Ellwood – Non-Executive Chairman (Executive 
Chairman from 26 February 2024 to 1 October 2024)
19
2
n/a
3*
5
Steven Esom – Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
18
-
4
6
5
Catherine Bradshaw – Independent Non-Executive Director
17
-
4
6
n/a
Howell Richards – Independent Non-Executive Director
15
-
4
6
n/a
Gareth Davies – Non-Executive Director (CEO from 1 
November 2023 to 13 September 2024)
16
2
n/a
n/a
1
Alk Brand – Chief Executive Officer from 1 October 2024
1
-
n/a
n/a
1
Paul Roberts – Group Finance Director until 2 January 2024
2
2
n/a
n/a
n/a
Rob Thomas – Group Finance Director from 2 January 2024, 
Chief Financial Officer from 1 October 2024
17
2
n/a
n/a
n/a
*Steve Ellwood was not a member of the Remuneration Committee for the duration of his Executive Chairman appointment. 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
57
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Board and its sub-committees are 
supported by external advisors as required, 
who will also offer guidance in ensuring 
Directors maintain an adequate skill set 
to satisfactorily carry out their duties. 
All Board members are able to call on 
the Company Secretary to arrange any 
required training, briefings or practical 
experience necessary to improve their 
understanding of the business and its 
operating environment and their obligations 
as directors. The Company Secretary also 
co-ordinates an induction process for all 
new directors. 
The Board recognises the importance 
of diversity and seeks to improve the 
representation of female directors when 
possible, as well as the importance of 
periodically refreshing the makeup of the 
Board. In line with the Quote Companies 
Alliance (“QCA”) Corporate Governance 
Code, all shareholders will be given the 
a) Remuneration Committee
b) Audit & Risk 
Committee
c) Nominations 
Committee
opportunity to vote on the (re)-election of 
all individual directors to the board. The 
Board has reviewed the independence 
of each Non-Executive Director and 
considers that all are independent, except 
for Gareth Davies and Howell Richards. 
This assessment was based on the 
criteria of length of board tenure, size of 
shareholding, prior and/or commercial 
or contractual relations with executive 
directors and significant incentive pay 
arrangements beyond a directors’ fee. 
Gareth Davies and Howell Richards will 
not be standing for re-election at the 
2025 AGM.
The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer are separated and clearly defined. 
The role description of the Company 
Secretary includes specific responsibilities 
to assist the Chairman, and the other 
Directors, to uphold corporate governance, 
and to continually seek on-going 
improvements. On matters of corporate 
governance, the Company Secretary 
reports directly to the Chairman, not to any 
executive director. In addition, the Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director, 
Steven Esom, has considerable experience 
of governance and is Chairman of Sedex, 
a leading global supply chain consultancy 
focused on environmental, social and 
governance outcomes. Both the Company 
Secretary and Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director have led board 
effectiveness initiatives in the year ended 
31 October 2024.
Co
mp
an
y 
Se
cr
et
ar
y f
ac
ilit
at
es
 g
oo
d 
go
ve
rn
an
ce
Chairman
Independent
NED
Chief
Financial Officer
Independent
NED
Senior
Independent
NED
Independent
NED
Chief
Executive
The Board is an 
effective, 
balanced team, 
led by the 
Chairman
In
de
pe
nd
en
t S
ha
re
ho
ld
er 
En
ga
ge
me
nt
Op
er
ati
ng
 P
er
fo
rm
an
ce
Bo
ar
d 
Le
ad
er
sh
ip
Co
mp
an
y 
Se
cr
et
ar
y f
aci
lit
at
es
 g
oo
d 
go
ve
rn
an
ce
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
58
 
Corporate Governance Statement - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Principle 7: Maintain appropriate 
governance structures and ensure 
that individually and collectively 
the directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills and 
capabilities
Biographical details of the directors 
and their skills are included 
 on pages 54 - 55. The executive directors 
have considerable experience in the 
agricultural supply industry, providing 
a significant degree of management 
continuity. The non-executives bring 
a range of business and commercial 
expertise to the Board, including direct 
agriculture and specialist merchanting 
experience. Catherine Bradshaw is Audit 
Committee Chair and has considerable 
and relevant financial oversight and 
reporting experience in her executive role 
as Director of Group Reporting and Control 
at Cranswick Plc. The Board is satisfied 
that it has an appropriate balance of sector, 
financial and public markets skills and 
experience and is not dominated by any 
one person or group of people.
Principle 8: Evaluate board 
performance based on clear 
and relevant objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement
As Chairman I am responsible for the 
periodic performance reviews of the Board, 
its sub-committees and non-executive 
directors. Stakeholder feedback is sought 
and acted upon where necessary and 
myself and our Senior Non-Executive, 
Steven Esom, routinely make ourselves 
available to meet shareholders. In the prior 
year, the Company Secretary performed 
a review of research published on how 
effective boards act with reference to a 
number of large listed companies. These 
findings were discussed with the Chairman, 
the Committee Chairs and the Executive 
Directors and an implementation plan was 
agreed which has been fully completed in 
the year ended 31 October 2024. External 
facilitation of the Board appraisal has not 
been used to date, although this is kept 
under review. The Board’s view is that 
there had not been any material change in 
effectiveness over FY2024. 
Prior to being proposed for (re)-election, 
all directors will have undergone a 
performance evaluation to ensure their 
performance continues to be effective and 
that their independence is maintained, 
where appropriate. In the year ended 31 
October 2024 the Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director and Company Secretary 
assessed my performance as Chairman. 
Assessments were confirmed to support 
the (re)-elections proposed 
 on page 134.
Principle 9: Establish a remuneration 
policy which is supportive of 
long-term value creation and the 
company’s purpose, strategy and 
culture
Details of the Company’s remuneration 
policy is included in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report 
 on pages 66 - 71. 
The format of this report has been updated 
in this year to include simple tables 
showing aggregate emoluments for each 
director in the year ended 31 October 
2024 and a projection for the year ended 
31 October 2025. The format has been 
changed in order to assist shareholders 
casting an ‘advisory vote’ on the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at the AGM.
Principle 10: Communicating how 
the company is governed and 
is performing by maintaining a 
dialogue with shareholders and 
other key stakeholders
Key stakeholder engagements during the 
year (www.wynnstay.co.uk)
The Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director is Steven Esom who makes 
himself available to shareholders 
who may require independent Board 
contact. Enquiries can be emailed to: 
shareholder_communications@wynnstay.co.uk. 
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
10 February 2025
November 2023
Pre-close trading update RNS
January 2024
Final Results publication and RNS
Invitation published to attend an online presentation of the 
Company’s final results for the year ended 31 October 2023 on 
1 February 2024 Reach
February 2024
Online presentation of the Company’s final results 
Board update – Gareth Davies, CEO has requested a leave 
of absence and Steve Ellwood assumes Executive Chairman 
role, Rob Thomas, Group Finance Director assumes additional 
responsibilities supported by the management team RNS
March 2024
AGM statement RNS
AGM held at Shrewsbury Town Football Club, Otley Road, 
Shrewsbury
Results of AGM RNS
June 2024
Interim results RNS
September 2024 
Board changes – appointment of Alk Brand as CEO, Steve 
Ellwood to return to Non-Executive Chairman status, 
redefinition of Rob Thomas’s role as Chief Executive Officer, all 
effective from 1 October 2024 RNS
October 2024 
Trading update
TR-1 Notifications on holdings of Company shares
Notification of Director/PDMR increase in shareholding
Payment of Interim Dividend RNS
Key Shareholder Engagements
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
59
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Purpose and Aim
The Audit Committee provides effective 
oversight and governance over the financial 
integrity of the Group’s financial reporting 
to ensure that the interests of the Group’s 
shareholders are protected at all times. 
It assesses the quality of the external 
audit processes and ensures that the 
risks which our businesses face are being 
effectively managed. The purpose of the 
Committee is to make recommendations 
on the reporting, control, risk management 
and compliance aspects of the Directors’ 
and Group’s responsibilities, providing 
independent monitoring, guidance, and 
challenge to executive management in 
these areas.
The Committee’s aim is to ensure high 
standards of corporate and regulatory 
reporting are maintained together with, 
an appropriate and proportionate control 
environment, a robust risk management 
framework and effective compliance 
monitoring is in place. The Committee 
believes that such standards enhance the 
effectiveness of the Group’s business and 
reduces the risks it faces.
Audit Committee Membership
The composition of the Audit Committee 
meets the requirements of the appropriate 
Governance Code, but in line with good 
practice, membership is reviewed annually. 
The Board considers that each member 
of the Committee was throughout the 
year, and remains, independent within the 
terms of the QCA Corporate Governance 
Code for Small and Mid-size companies. 
The knowledge and experience of the 
Committee members’ means that the 
Committee as a whole is competent in the 
sector in which the Company operates. 
The Company Secretary also attends each 
Committee meeting, and when appropriate, 
the Chief Financial Officer is invited to 
attend the Committee’s meetings.
During the year to 31 October 2024, the 
Committee comprised of three Independent 
Non-Executive Directors: Catherine 
Bradshaw (Chair), Steven Esom, and 
Howell Richards.
The Committee operates under terms of 
reference which are reviewed annually 
by the Committee and changes are 
recommended to the Board for approval. 
The Committee has in its terms of reference 
the power to engage outside advisors and 
to obtain its own independent external 
advice at the Company’s expense should 
it be deemed necessary. The Chair of the 
Committee reports to the next subsequent 
meeting of the Board on any key issues, 
identifying any matters on which it 
considers that action or improvement is 
needed and makes recommendations on 
the steps to be taken.
•	 The accounting principles, 
practices and policies applied 
in the Group’s Financial 
Statements.
•	 The adequacy and effectiveness 
of the internal control 
environment.
•	 The effectiveness of 
whistleblowing procedures.
•	 The effectiveness of the Group’s 
finance function.
•	 The appointment, 
independence, effectiveness, 
and remuneration of the Group’s 
external auditor, including the 
policy on non-audit services.
•	 The supervision of any tender 
process for the Group’s external 
auditor.
•	 External financial reporting and 
associated announcements.
•	 The Group’s risk management 
processes and performance.
•	 The Group’s compliance with 
the audit-related provisions of 
the appropriate Governance 
Code.
Key Responsibilities
Catherine Bradshaw
Independent Non-Executive Director
I am pleased to present the Audit 
Committee report for the year ended 
31 October 2024, on behalf of the Board
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
60
 
Audit Committee Report
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Key Areas of Focus During 2024 
•	 Reviewed the key financial reporting 
judgements and concluded that the 
accounting treatments were correct.
•	 Reviewed the change in accounting 
policy for share-based payment 
reserves and concluded that the 
disclosures in this year’s Financial 
Statements are appropriate.
•	 Reviewed the impact of new and 
forthcoming accounting standards and 
concluded that the current disclosures 
are appropriate.
•	 Reviewed the risk register and 
challenged the risk control framework.
•	 Received regular updates on cyber 
risks. 
•	 Approved the terms of engagement and 
remuneration of the external auditors.
•	 Received an update on TCFD 
disclosures.
External Audit 
The Committee is responsible for approving 
the appointment and remuneration of 
the Group’s external auditors, including 
satisfying itself of their independence 
and of the satisfactory commercial terms 
of the relationship. During the year, the 
Committee approved the re-appointment of 
Crowe U.K. LLP as auditors and approved 
their remuneration. The Committee 
is satisfied that they maintain their 
independence and confirm that Crowe U.K. 
LLP do not provide any non-audit services.
The respective responsibilities of the 
Directors and external auditors in 
connection with the financial statements 
are explained in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities 
 on page 65 and the 
Auditors’ Report 
 on pages 76 - 79. Details 
of services provided by, and fees payable 
to, the auditors are shown in note 6 of the 
Group financial statements.
In line with the previous year, and in 
accordance with the audit plan agreed with 
Crowe U.K. LLP, the Group’s audit scope 
took advantage of the exemption available 
under section 479 (c) of the Companies 
Act 2006 for five of its subsidiaries to be 
excluded from an independent statutory 
audit, with Wynnstay Group Plc providing 
a parent guarantee in regard to these 
subsidiaries. The relevant companies 
are Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited 
(company number 03230345), Youngs 
Animal Feeds Limited (company number 
04128486), Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) 
Limited (company number 13882065), 
Humphrey Feeds Limited (company 
number 00884405) and Humphrey Pullets 
Limited (company number 06780228). 
These entities remain fully consolidated 
with the Group’s financial statements with 
their respective contributions audited to 
Group materiality levels.
Meetings
The Committee meets regularly throughout 
the year, and four formal meetings relevant 
to the year under review were held along 
with the audit close meeting in early 2025. 
The agenda for the formal meetings are 
linked to events in the Company’s financial 
calendar.
The Committee addressed the following 
key agenda items during its four meetings 
in the financial period 
 See table below
All members of the Committee attended all 
meetings during their respective periods 
of tenure. The Committee Chair regularly 
invites senior company executives to 
attend meetings of the Committee to 
discuss or present specific items and 
the Chief Financial Officer, Rob Thomas, 
attended all four of the meetings. The 
respective external auditor also attended 
two meetings of the Committee and has 
direct access to the Committee Chair. The 
Committee also meets with the external 
auditor without the Executive Directors 
being present and the Committee Chair 
also meets with the external auditor in 
advance of Committee meetings.
20 December 2023
23 January 2024
19 June 2024
16 September 2024
•	 Review of TCFD disclosures.
•	 Review of going concern paper 
as basis of accounts 
preparation.
•	 Receive draft interim results 
announcement RNS and Chief 
Financial Officer’s commentary.
•	 Consider change in accounting 
policy and restatement in 
relation to Share-based payment 
reserves.
•	 Update on risk register changes.
•	 Consideration of intangible asset 
impairment reviews.
•	 Receipt and discussion of 
external auditor’s abridged audit 
planning document.
•	 Update on risk register changes.
•	 Receive external auditor’s report 
on process and results.
•	 Consider audit fee proposals for 
2024.
•	 Receipt and approval of external 
auditor’s year end audit plan.
•	 Receive external auditor’s 
report on process and Results 
announcement.
•	 Receive Management’s 
assessment of effective and 
upcoming changes to financial 
reporting under IFRS.
•	 Receive external auditor’s report 
Group Internal Controls.
•	 Consider control improvement 
measures and implementation.
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
61
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Financial reporting and 
significant accounting matters 
The Committee considered the following 
financial reporting and key accounting 
issues with regard to the 2024 Financial 
Statements:
•	 Presentation of the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income
The Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income shows two non-
GAAP (generally accepted accounting 
principles) Alternative Performance 
Measures (APMs) in addition to 
statutory GAAP disclosures:
i.	 Adjusted operating profit – Operating 
Profit excluding amortisation of 
acquired intangibles and share based 
payment expense1, gains / (losses) on 
mark to market of derivatives.2 and non-
recurring items3; and
ii.	 Adjusted profit before taxation – Profit 
Before Taxation excluding amortisation 
of acquired intangibles and share based 
payment expenses1, gains / (losses) on 
mark to market of derivatives2, non-
recurring items3 and the share of tax 
incurred by joint ventures4.

The Board believes these APMs reflect 
the underlying commercial performance 
of the current trading activities and 
provide investors and other users of the 
accounts with an improved view of likely 
future performance. 
1.	 Amortisation of acquired intangibles 
and share based payment expense
The add back of amortisation of 
acquired intangibles. Intangible assets 
acquired under an IFRS3 Business 
Combination are treated as assets, 
capitalised and amortised. The non-
cash amortisation charge is added 
back to give a fuller understanding of 
performance. 

The add back of share-based 
payments. This charge is a calculated 
using a standard valuation model, with 
the assessed non-cash cost each year 
varying depending on new scheme 
invitations and the number of leavers 
from live schemes. These variables can 
create a volatile non-cash charge to the 
income statement, which is not directly 
connected to the trading performance 
of the business.
2.	 Gains / (losses) on mark to market of 
derivatives
The Group uses hedging tools such 
as commodity futures contracts to 
manage pricing decisions. Foreign 
currency risk is managed by entering 
into agreements at the time of the 
underlying transaction and does not 
engage in the taking of speculative 
commodity positions. Changes in the 
fair value of derivatives designated as 
cash flow hedges are recognised in 
other comprehensive income to the 
extent that the hedges are effective. 
Ineffective portions are recognised in 
profit or loss immediately. Amounts 
deferred in other comprehensive income 
are reclassified to the income statement 
when the hedged item affects profit or 
loss. This means that there can be a 
mismatch of the timing of recognition of 
the hedging instrument with the hedged 
item and so the add back allows the 
user of the accounts to assess the 
performance without the inclusion of 
the gains / (losses) on mark to market of 
derivatives. 
3.	 Non-recurring items
Non-recurring items. The Group’s 
accounting policies include the separate 
identification of non-recurring material 
items on the face of the income 
statement, which the Board believes 
could cause a misinterpretation of 
trading performance if not disclosed.
4.	 Share of tax incurred by joint 
ventures
The add back of tax incurred by joint 
ventures and associates. The Board 
believes the incorporation of the gross 
result of these entities provides a 
fuller understanding of their combined 
contribution to the Group performance.
•	 IFRS 8 Operating segments
It has been determined that the 
operating segments are Feed and 
Grain, Fertiliser and Seed, and Depot 
Merchanting. This is how internal 
financial information about the Group 
is regularly reviewed by the chief 
operating decision maker (“CODM”) 
to allocate resources to the segments 
and assess their performance and 
allocate resources. The chief operating 
decision maker is the Board of Directors 
(“the Board”). In order to provide 
comparability, the notes to the accounts 
contain information about the year 
ended to 31 October 2023 restated into 
these operating segments.
•	 Restatement of prior year
Change in accounting policy
The Group changed its accounting 
policy for share-based payments 
such that the value of shares that 
have exercised, lapsed or forfeit is 
now credited to Retained earnings as 
opposed to remaining within the Share-
based payment reserve. The change in 
accounting policy had no impact upon 
the Group Income Statement, Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
Group Statement of Cash Flows, net 
assets of the Group, or the Group 
distributable reserves. The change in 
accounting policy enables the readers 
of the financial statements to identify 
the cumulative value of share-based 
payments that are still to be exercised, 
lapse or forfeit. The impact of the 
change in accounting policy is detailed 
in the Group Statement of Changes 
in Equity. There is no change to basic 
and diluted earnings per share arising 
from the change in accounting policy. 
The Board believes this gives a better 
understanding of distributable reserves. 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
62
 
Audit Committee Report - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

•	 Carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets
The carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets is systematically 
reviewed prior to year end. A 
consistent methodology is applied to 
the individual cash generating units, 
taking account of market outlook, risk-
adjusted discounted future cash flows, 
sensitivities, and other factors which 
may have a bearing on impairment 
considerations. 
•	 Non-recurring items
£2,312,000 of non-recurring items have 
been separately identified as material, 
non-recurring, and outside the normal 
course of the Group’s operations. 
They have been classified separately 
to provide stakeholders with a clear 
understanding of the Group’s underlying 
financial performance, in what has 
been a transitional year for the Group 
which has included significant and 
unprecedented events, including:
•	 an unexpected CEO leave of absence;
•	 the first externally appointed CEO in the 
Group’s history as a listed entity;
•	 a reorganisation of the Group’s 
leadership team to align to a new 
corporate plan;
•	 an acceleration of the exit plan for the 
Twyford mill and planned sale of Calne 
mill; and
•	 a one-off environmental incident 
that required an immediate clean up 
response.
•	 Control improvements
Regular reports on internal controls 
issues are presented to and 
discussed at the Audit Committee 
and a follow up process in place 
to audit recommendations are fully 
implemented. The Group’s external 
auditor communicated, as part of 
their audit of the Financial Statements 
several control recommendations. 
The Board, in reviewing key control 
observations, can confirm that actions 
are being undertaken to remedy the 
weaknesses identified. During 2025, 
further work will be undertaken to 
review and enhance systems and 
processes across the Group. 
•	 Going concern and longer-term 
viability
The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
cashflow, net debt and leverage 
forecasts and noted that there was 
adequate headroom projected against 
all the appropriate bank financial 
covenants throughout a forward three-
year viability period. Current deflationary 
trends in commodity prices were 
noted as being beneficial to working 
capital requirements, which had eased 
considerably over the last twelve-month 
period. The Committee concluded that 
it was satisfied with these assumptions 
and that it was appropriate to assume 
the Group was a going concern and to 
prepare financial results on that basis.
•	 Fair, Balanced and Understandable
The Committee has reviewed the 
contents of this year’s Annual Report 
and Accounts and advised the Board 
that, in its view, the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the necessary information 
to enable shareholders to assess the 
position and performance, strategy 
and business model of the Group. In 
reaching this conclusion the Committee 
has considered the following:
a.	 The preparation of the Annual Report 
is a collaborative process between 
Finance, Legal, Human Resources 
and Communications functions within 
Wynnstay, ensuring the appropriate 
professional input to each section. 
External guidance and advice is sought 
where and when appropriate.
b.	 The coordination and project 
management is undertaken by a 
central team to ensure consistency and 
completeness of the document.
c.	 An extensive review process is 
undertaken, both internally and through 
the use of external advisors.
d.	 A final draft is reviewed by the 
Audit Committee members prior to 
consideration by the Board.
Catherine Bradshaw
Chair of the Audit Committee
10 February 2025
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
63
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Steve Ellwood
Chairman
22 November 2023
23 April 2024
16 August 2024
12 September 2024
16 September 2024
Board succession plans
Appointment of executive 
search firm
CEO interviews
Approval of CEO 
appointment RNS
Senior Management 
skills, capabilities and 
competencies
Ensuring that the Board, 
its Committees, and senior 
management have the appropriate 
balance of skills, capabilities 
and competencies to lead to 
successful business outcomes is 
a key function of the Committee; 
ensuring that the balance is 
right for today and the future by 
assessing changing business 
conditions.
Key Responsibilities
Purpose and Aim
The Committee’s main responsibilities 
include developing and maintaining a 
rigorous and transparent procedure for 
making recommendations on Board 
appointments, ensuring plans are in place 
for orderly succession to Board and senior 
management positions.
Nominations Committee 
Membership
•	 Steve Ellwood, Non-Executive Chairman 
(Executive Chairman from 26 February 
2024 to 1 October 2024), Chair of 
Committee
•	 Steven Esom Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director
•	 Gareth Davies, Gareth Davies CEO until 
13 September 2024
•	 Alk Brand, CEO from 1 October 2024
Key Area of Focus During 2024
Continuity of CEO role following Gareth 
Davies’ leave of absence from the 
Company to focus on a serious family 
matter on 26 February 2024.
Meetings
The Committee addressed the following 
key agenda items during its five meetings 
in the financial period 
 See table below
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
10 February 2025
I am pleased to present the 
Nomination Committee report for 
the year ended 31 October 2024, 
on behalf of the Board
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
64
 
Nomination Committee Report
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations. 
Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’).
Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Parent Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Group and Parent Company 
for that year. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to: 
•	 select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently; 
•	 state whether applicable UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards 
have been followed for the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 
•	 make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and 
•	 prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Parent Company will continue in 
business. 
The Directors are responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Parent Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group’s and Parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Group and Parent Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Parent 
Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
•	 so far as each of the Directors is aware, 
there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and 
•	 the Directors have taken all steps that 
they ought to have taken as Directors to 
make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish 
that the auditors are aware of that 
information. 
By order of the Board
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Wynnstay Group Plc
Eagle House
Llansantffraid, 
Powys. SY22 6AQ
Registered number: 02704051
10 February 2025
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Directors’ Responsibility Statement in 
Respect of the Annual Report and Accounts, 
Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and the 
Financial Statements
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
65
 
Directors’ Responsibility Statement
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

i. Annual statement from the 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
As Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and on behalf of the Board of Directors, 
I am delighted to present our report on 
board remuneration for the Financial Year 
ended 31 October 2024. I recognise the 
importance of providing shareholders with 
appropriate information with respect to 
executive remuneration and have followed 
the guidance contained in the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (“QCA”) Remuneration 
Committee guide when preparing this 
report. 
Composition
The Remuneration Committee consists 
of myself as Chair and the other three 
non-executive directors – Steve Ellwood, 
Catherine Bradshaw, and Howell Richards. 
Steve Ellwood was not a committee 
member during the time he held the status 
of Executive Chairman during Gareth 
Davies’ leave of absence. Steve Ellwood 
returned to non-executive status following 
the appointment of Alk Brand as Chief 
Executive Officer on 1 October 2024.
Group performance highlights
The Group’s financial performance 
is contained in the Strategic Report 
 on pages 28 - 31 and has been considered 
by the Remuneration Committee when 
determining remuneration matters. 
Discretionary amounts are paid through 
the payroll in the following financial year. 
No financial bonuses were paid during the 
year to executive directors in relation to 
the financial performance in the year to 31 
October 2023 and no Award Shares vested 
for the Performance Share Plan relating 
to the three years to 31 October 2023 
as the performance conditions were not 
met. No Performance Share Plan options 
were granted relating to the three years 
to the current financial year 31 October 
2024. Given the adjusted profit before tax 
of £7.6m, the Remuneration Committee’s 
current expectation is that no financial 
bonuses will be paid to executive directors 
in 2025 in relation to the year to 31 October 
2024, although there is discretion for the 
Renumeration Committee to decouple 
an award for personal objectives from 
the financial performance bonus, and the 
Committee has not made a final decision 
on this at the time of writing this report.
Steven Esom
Senior Independent Non-Executive director 
and Chair of the Remuneration Committee
I recognise the importance of 
providing shareholders with 
appropriate information
The remuneration structure and 
practice supports the delivery and 
attainment of Wynnstay Group 
Plc’s purpose, business model, 
strategy and culture. The report 
consists of four sections: 
i.	 this annual statement,
ii.	 remuneration policy,
iii.	 details of the annual 
remuneration and long-term 
incentive awards granted to 
directors during the year and
iv.	 details of how the Remuneration 
Committee intends to 
implement remuneration policy 
in the following year. 
For the first time, this report will be 
put to shareholders for an ‘advisory 
vote’. The data within this report 
does not form part of the audited 
Annual Report and Accounts.
Overview
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
66
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Substantial changes made to 
directors’ remuneration during the 
year to 31 October 2024
On 26 February 2024, Gareth Davies 
commenced an authorised leave of 
absence from his role as Chief Executive 
Officer to focus on a serious family 
matter. The board decided that Chairman 
Steve Ellwood would assume the role 
of executive chairman, supported by 
Group Finance Director, Rob Thomas who 
took on additional responsibilities. The 
Remuneration Committee decided that 
Steve Ellwood’s fees should be increased 
to £125,000 and Rob Thomas’s base 
salary should be increased to £245,000 
per annum, effective from 1 March 2024 
until the appointment of Alk Brand as Chief 
Executive Officer on 1 October 2024. On 1 
October 2024, Rob Thomas was promoted 
to Chief Financial Officer, and in recognition 
of his expanded responsibilities, the 
Remuneration Committee decided that Rob 
Thomas’s base salary should be £245,000 
from this point. 
Link between directors’ 
remuneration and company strategy
The Committee’s approach to remuneration 
continues to be the provision of 
competitive but not excessive reward 
packages for executive directors, that align 
their pay with the strategy of the Group, 
encouraging, incentivising and motivating 
behaviours which we believe will deliver 
long-term success for the Group. The 
interests of executive directors should align 
with those of shareholders, and our policy 
seeks to adopt practices to achieve this 
while complying with all relevant laws and 
corporate governance regulations, giving 
the Group a sound basis for long-term 
growth and progression.
Regarding executive directors, the 
Committee will seek to ensure that:
•	 the remuneration packages offered 
are competitive within the marketplace 
in which the Company operates, 
allowing it to attract and retain the 
talent necessary to deliver the results 
demanded by the Board and the 
Company’s shareholders;
•	 the performance-based elements of 
remuneration are aligned with the 
Group’s strategic objectives, with 
measures that reward exceptional 
achievement whilst avoiding rewarding 
poor performance; and
•	 the remuneration structures provide the 
mechanisms to protect shareholders 
where necessary and adopt a 
sufficiently long-term basis for aligning 
the interests of executive directors with 
those of investors.
Other Remuneration Committee 
decisions on remuneration
The executive directors were included in 
the standard company-wide 4.5% annual 
review award with effect from November 
2023. Similarly, non-executive director’s 
fees were reviewed with adjustments 
implemented from November 2023. The 
details of these individual changes are 
provided later in this report within the 
respective remuneration sections. 
With the Nominations Committee 
having identified and recommended the 
appointment of a new Chief Executive 
Office during the year, the Remuneration 
Committee negotiated the contract terms 
for this appointment, with the candidate 
successfully commencing employment on 
1 October 2024.
In line with the intentions stated in my 
2023 report, the Committee commissioned 
benchmarking on the remuneration of 
the executive leadership team members, 
incentive provision and the operation 
of the current annual and long-term 
incentives and long-term incentive 
performance metrics during the year. 
This data provided useful information for 
setting the remuneration of the new Chief 
Executive Officer. More details of how 
the Remuneration Committee intends 
to implement remuneration policy in the 
following year are contained in section iv. of 
this report.
The Remuneration Committee remains fully 
committed to an open and honest dialogue 
with our shareholders, and we welcome 
your views on any aspects of remuneration 
at any time.
ii. Remuneration policy
All matters relating to remuneration of the 
directors of the Company are determined 
by the Remuneration Committee whose 
decisions are made to achieve the broad 
objective of rewarding individuals for the 
nature of their work and the contribution 
they make towards the Group achieving 
its business objectives. Proper regard 
is given to the need to recruit and retain 
high-quality and motivated staff at all levels 
and to ensure the effective management 
of the business. The Committee will be 
cognisant of comparative pay levels after 
considering geographic location and the 
operations of the business and taking 
appropriate external professional advice 
when considered necessary. 
Equity based schemes are an effective way 
to align the interests of participants and 
shareholders and provide an efficient and 
cost-effective incentive for long-term value 
creation. Details of the current Share Plans 
can be found here: www.wynnstayPlc.
co.uk/esg/governance/wynnstay-share-
plans. Whilst the dilution limits vary in the 
individual Schemes, the Remuneration 
Committee has undertaken a review of 
capacity and expects to operate within 
a maximum of 15% dilution in aggregate 
across the schemes. The Remuneration 
Committee will monitor the aggregate 
dilution on a regular basis and prior to the 
grant of new options.
The remuneration policy for directors is 
set to achieve the above objectives and 
is broadly split into executive and non-
executive categories.
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
67
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
68
 
Element
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance metrics
Executive directors 
Base salary
To provide an appropriate amount 
of basic fixed income to enable 
the recruitment and retention of 
effective management to implement 
Group strategy.
Reviewed annually.
Any changes will normally take effect 
from 1 November each year.
There is no maximum salary; 
however, any increase will usually 
correspond to or, where appropriate, 
be less than the level of increase 
applied across the Group.
None, although individual 
performance, skills and experience 
are taken into consideration by the 
Remuneration Committee when 
setting salaries.
Annual Performance Bonus (APB)
To incentivise the executive 
directors to deliver the Group’s 
corporate strategy by focusing on 
annual goals that are consistent 
with longer-term strategic 
objectives.
Bonus targets are reviewed and set 
on an annual basis. 
Malus provisions apply for the 
duration of the performance period 
and any deferral period allowing 
the Remuneration Committee 
to reduce to zero any unvested 
or deferred awards. Clawback 
provisions apply to cash amounts 
paid and shares or cash released 
for three years following payment or 
release, allowing the Remuneration 
Committee to claim back all or any 
amount paid or released.
The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity that can be earned for 
any year is capped at 100% of base 
salary for all executive directors. 
Payments at or approaching these 
levels would require an exceptional 
level of performance.
The payment of awards under the 
APB is dependent upon performance 
conditions based upon: profit 
before tax (PBT) after accrual for 
bonus payments (75% weighting); 
stretching, specific and measurable 
strategic and/or individual 
objectives. (25% weighting).
Wynnstay Profit Related Pay
An all-employee scheme in which 
the Executive directors participate 
on the same basis as all other 
employees, designed to encourage 
achievement of profit budgets 
within main trading subsidiaries.
An employee scheme to reward 
all staff with a pro-rata profit 
share, based on a pre-set formula. 
Paid in February following the 
announcement of the financial 
results for the previous year, after 
completion of the annual audit.
Subject to a total cap on the 
overall all-employee pay-out of 
10% of profits of the participating 
companies
Based upon the pre-tax profit of 
two trading subsidiaries, as a net 
percentage of revenues adjusted for 
commodity inflation.
Performance Share Plan (PSP)
To incentivise executive directors 
to focus on the long-term strategic 
objectives of the Group and to 
deliver substantial shareholder 
value, aligning their interests with 
the interests of shareholders.
The principal terms of the PSP were 
approved by shareholders at the 
2018 AGM, with a further update in 
March 2021.
Awards are usually made annually. 
Malus provisions apply for the 
duration of the performance 
period and shares held under 
deferral arrangements, allowing the 
Remuneration Committee to reduce 
to zero any unvested or deferred 
awards. The circumstances in which 
malus and/or clawback provisions 
may be triggered are as stated in 
relation to the APB above.
The maximum PSP award 
opportunity per Executive director, 
in respect of any financial year, is 
limited to rights over shares with a 
market value at grant of 100% of 
base salary.
The vesting of all awards made 
under the PSP is dependent upon 
performance conditions set by the 
Remuneration Committee at the 
point the options are granted.
The performance conditions for the 
in-flight PSPs are based upon:
75% of the Award Shares will vest 
if the Company’s Earnings Per 
Share (“EPS”) grows at an annual 
rate exceeding the rate of growth of 
the Retail Price Index (“RPI”) plus 
8%. Where this growth is not met, 
provided EPS grows at an annual 
rate of at least RPI plus 1%, 30% of 
the Award Shares tested under the 
EPS target will vest. Between these 
criteria, the Award Shares will vest 
on a straight-line basis. 
25% of the Award Shares will vest 
if the Company’s Return on Capital 
Employed (“ROCE”) is 12.6%. Where 
this target is not met, provided a 
minimum ROCE employed of 10% 
is met, the Award Shares will vest 
between these two criteria on a 
straight-line basis.
Directors’ Remuneration Report - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
69
 
Element
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance metrics
All-employee share plans
To align the interests of the broader 
employee base with the interests 
of shareholders and to assist with 
recruitment and retention.
The Group currently operates a 
HM Revenue & Customs approved 
Share-save plan. In accordance 
with the relevant tax legislation, the 
executive directors are entitled to 
participate on the same basis (and 
subject to the same maximums) as 
other Group employees.
As determined by the statutory limits 
in force from time to time.
None.
Pension and benefits
To provide a competitive package 
to attract and retain skilled and 
experienced directors.
The executive directors are entitled 
to receive pension contributions 
from the Group. They can elect for 
those contributions to be paid in the 
form of taxable pension allowance 
or direct payments into a defined 
contribution pension scheme.
The executive directors are entitled 
to standard director benefits 
package, including a company car 
and private medical cover.
In respect of pension contributions, 
3.17% of base salary for Gareth 
Davies, 12.0% of salary for Paul 
Roberts, 12.0% of salary for 
Rob Thomas. The Remuneration 
Committee have agreed on a 
£38,600 cash equivalent sum for 
Alk Brand which is in lieu of 12% 
pension contributions.
None.
Non-executive Directors
Basic Annual Fee
To attract and retain a balanced skill 
set of individuals to ensure strong 
stewardship and governance of the 
Group. The non-executive directors 
do not participate in share option 
awards, performance bonuses or 
pension arrangements.
Reviewed annually, fees are set so 
as to reflect the factors pertinent 
to respective positions, taking into 
account the anticipated amount of 
time commitment, and comparative 
rates paid by other companies of a 
similar size. 
None.
None.
Supplemental Committee Chair Fees
To acknowledge the additional 
time and input commitment of 
chairing two of the important board 
sub-committees, being Audit and 
Remuneration.
An additional annually reviewed 
premium is added to the Basic 
Annual Fee for the appointed 
non-executive holding the chair of 
the respective committee for that 
relevant financial year.
None.
None.
iii. Directors’ emoluments (no bonus for FY2024)

Name of director
Basic 
salary/fees
PRP 
£000
Benefits
Supplement for additional 
duties during CEO leave of 
absence
£000
PSP
£000
Pension
£000
2024 
total
£000
2023 
total
£000
Executive
Gareth Davies
322
13
7
-
24
10
376
331
Paul Roberts1
32
-
1
-
-
2
35
215
Rob Thomas2
185
-
1
38
-
22
246
37
Alk Brand3
30
-
-
-
-
-
30
-
Non-executive
Steve Ellwood
78
-
-
27
-
-
105
76
Philip Kirkham4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
32
Steven Esom5
46
-
-
-
-
-
46
26
Catherine Bradshaw
46
-
-
-
-
-
46
44
Howell Richards
44
-
2
-
-
-
46
44
Aggregate emoluments
783
13
11
65
24
34
930
805
*Gareth Davies was awarded PSP options during his appointment as CEO 
1 Retired 1 January 2024
2 Appointed on 1 October 2023 and was awarded an appointment payment in lieu of forgone previous employment earnings which was made though the payroll in 2024 but shown in the 
2023 column of the table above
3 Appointed 1 October 2024
The basic salary column for Alk Brand includes a cash sum of £38,600 which is in lieu of 12% pension contributions.
4 Retired 24 May 2023
5 Appointed 18 April 2023
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
70
 
Annual bonus
For the year ending 31 October 2024, the executive directors were eligible to receive a bonus based on a percentage of base salary, 
subject to the achievement of challenging adjusted profit before tax and personal objectives (CEO:100%, CFO: 80%).
2024 bonus targets
Determination
Performance against targets
Up to 75% of total based on 
headline profit before tax.
Financial performance bonus to be awarded 25% on the 
achievement of the approved annual target. An additional 
25% will be awarded for 10% outperformance of the 
annual target. A further 25% will be awarded for 20% 
outperformance of annual target.
None of the available profit-related bonus will be paid in 
respect of headline PBT performance in FY24.
Up to 25% of total based on 
personal objectives.
Normally the 25% personal objectives will only qualify 
if the annual financial target is met. A discussion will be 
held no later than 31 January of each year between the 
Chairman and the Remunerations Committee, for the 
Chairman to present the merits and evidence of awarding 
the bonus/part bonus in relation to personal objectives. 
Any decoupling of the award for personal objectives 
from the financial performance bonus will be at the 
Remuneration Committee’s discretion.
None of the available personal objective bonus is expected 
to be paid in respect of personal objectives, although as 
previously explained the Remuneration Committee has 
not made a final decision on this at the time of writing this 
report.
Discretionary options
The table below summarises the outstanding Performance Share Plan awards.
Award date
Share price at 
date of grant
Number of 
shares vesting 
at maximum
Face value of 
shares vesting 
at maximum
EPS for 
maximum 
vesting
Number of 
shares vesting 
at threshold
(30%)
EPS for 
threshold 
vesting
Performance 
year ending
Number of 
shares vested
Gareth Davies*
23 January 
2020
£2.93 
27,896
£81,595 
40.44p
8,369
38.27p
31 October 
2022
27,896, of 
which 6,974 
remain to be 
released on 
or around 31 
October 2024
10 
February 
2023**
£5.45 
27,193
£148,910 
50.16p
8,158
47.25p
31 October 
2025
In-flight
1 February 
2024**
£3.43 
47,909
£164,089 
35.84p
14,372
33.70p
31 October 
2026
In-flight
Rob Thomas
1 February 
2024
£3.43 
49,352
£169,031 
35.84p
14,806
33.70p
31 October 
2026
In-flight
*Gareth Davies was awarded PSP options during his appointment as CEO
** A prorated proportion of in-flight options have been cancelled using the method set out in 18.2 of the PSP rules

Directors’ interests and outstanding options
The directors who held office during the year and as at 31 October 2024 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Group:
25p ordinary shares
Share-save options*
Discretionary options (PSPs)**
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
Gareth Davies*
60,769
50,143
1,091
-
82,076
13,948
Paul Roberts1
n/a
98,998
n/a
-
n/a
11,159
Alk Brand2
5,000
n/a
-
n/a
-
n/a
Rob Thomas3
3,500
-
-
-
49,352
-
Steve Ellwood
4,700
4,700
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Howell Richards
2,810
2,810
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
* Executive directors are eligible to participate in share-save option invitations, subject to the scheme and legislative requirements. Share-save options do not have any performance 
criteria attached to them and are exercisable in accordance with the scheme rules and dependant on an ongoing savings contract administered by Equiniti Ltd, an authorised provider, 
being retained. 
**Gareth Davies was awarded PSP options during his appointment as CEO
1 Retired 1 January 2024
2 Appointed 1 October 2024
3 Appointed on 1 October 2023
Directors’ Remuneration Report - continued
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
71
 
Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 October 2024 (2023: none).
Terms and conditions for non-executive directors
Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts but appointment letters setting out their terms of appointment. In line with the QCA 
Code, individual directors who wish to continue in office will stand for (re)-election at the AGM.
iv. Details of how the Remuneration Committee intends to implement remuneration policy in the 
following year
The table below sets out the remuneration that has been set by the Remuneration Committee that is effective from 1 November 2024:

Name of director
Basic salary/ fees
£000
Benefits/ non-executive travel expenses
£000
Pension
£000
2025 total
£000
Executive
Alk Brand*
360
12
-
372
Rob Thomas
245
2
22
269
Non-executive
Steve Ellwood
80
-
-
80
Steven Esom
47
-
-
47
Catherine Bradshaw
47
-
-
47
Howell Richards 
replacement**
47
-
-
47
Aggregate emoluments
826
14
22
862
*The basic salary column for Alk Brand includes a cash sum of £38,600 which is in lieu of 12% pension contributions.
** Howell Richards will not be standing for re-election at the 2025 AGM, a recruitment process is underway for a new non-executive director.
In addition to the remuneration set out above, the executive directors could also earn performance dependant remuneration depending 
on the conditions set out in part i. of this report: annual performance bonus (of up to 100% of their base salary), profit related pay, and 
performance share plan options.
Following a review of how best to align performance measures for the PSP, the Committee has decided that the performance measures will 
change to the following for a grant covering the three year period to 31 October 2027. 
Subject to the Company achieving the following minimum reported performance criteria:
1.	 50% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) is 39 pence per share. 
2.	 100% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) is 47 pence per share. 
The Award Shares will vest between these two criteria on a straight-line basis.
As noted in part i. of this report, the contents of this report will be put to shareholders for an ‘advisory vote’, split into two parts: (1) The 
remuneration policy set out in part ii. of this report, and (2) an annual vote on directors’ emoluments as set out in part iii. of this report.
Steven Esom
Chair of Remuneration Committee
10 February 2025
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

The Directors consider that the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and 
Parent Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.
Business review and future 
developments
The Strategic Report is included in this 
report by cross reference, and contains a 
review of performance of the Group during 
the year in the Chief Executive Officers 
Report 
 on pages 21 - 23, Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties 
 on pages 32 - 33, and 
comments on future developments within 
the Chairman’s statement 
 on pages 14 - 17. 
The Strategic Report has been reviewed 
and approved by the Board of Directors.
Results and dividends
Subject to approval at the Annual General 
Meeting, the final dividend will be paid 
on 30 April 2025 to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 28 
March 2025. The share price will be marked 
ex-dividend with effect 27 March 2025. 
Details of authorised and issued share 
capital and the movement in the year 
are detailed in note 27 of the financial 
statements.
The market price of the Company’s shares 
at the end of the financial year was 317.50p 
(31 October 2023 382.50p). The range of 
market prices during the year was between 
300.00p and 432.50p.
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
The Directors present their report 
together with the audited financial 
statements of the Parent Company 
(“the Company”) and the Group for the 
year ended 31 October 2024 
2024
2023
Interim dividend per share paid
5.60p
5.50p
Final dividend per share proposed
11.90p
11.75p
Total dividend
17.50p
17.25p
£000
£000
Group revenue
613,053
735,877
Group profit after tax
2,789
6,927
Financial instruments 
The Group has a number of financial 
instruments, and these are detailed, 
together with the risk management 
objectives and policies relating to these 
instruments in Note 25 to the financial 
statements. The main financial risks for the 
Group come from customer credit, foreign 
Exchange, commodity price volatility, 
interest rate movements, cash liquidity and 
capital management. The Board’s approach 
to managing these risks is detailed in Note 
25 of the financial statement.
Going concern and forward 
looking statements
Information relating to going concern is 
contained within the Finance Review 
 on pages 28 - 31. The Annual Report and 
Accounts include certain statements that 
are forward-looking statements. These 
statements appear in a number of places 
throughout the Strategic Report and 
include statements regarding the Group’s 
intentions, beliefs or current expectations 
and those of its officers, Directors and 
employees concerning, amongst other 
things, the results of operations, financial 
condition, liquidity, prospects, growth 
and strategies of the Group’s businesses. 
By their nature, these statements involve 
uncertainty since future events and 
circumstances can cause results and 
developments to differ materially from 
those anticipated.
Directors and their interests, 
and notice of AGM
Company Directors who were in office 
during the year and up to the date of 
signing the financial statements were:
•	 Steve Ellwood
•	 Steven Esom 
•	 Catherine Bradshaw
•	 Howell Richards (will not be proposed 
for re-election at the 2025 AGM)
•	 Gareth Davies (will not be proposed for 
re-election at the 2025 AGM)
•	 Alk Brand (appointed 1 October 2024)
•	 Paul Roberts (retired 1 January 2024)
•	 Rob Thomas 
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
72
 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 October 2024
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Details of the interests in the ordinary 
shares of the Company and information of 
the performance criteria of discretionary 
options are contained in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report 
 on pages 66 - 71. 
No other directors who held office during 
the year and as at 31 October 2024 had 
interests in the ordinary shares of the 
Company. 
In addition to these shareholdings, the 
Company’s employee benefit trust held 
82,104 shares (2023: 127,022 shares). Rob 
Thomas and Gareth Davies are trustees 
of the Company’s employee benefit trust 
and accordingly are deemed to hold an 
additional non-beneficial holding in such 
shares. No director at the year end or prior 
year end held any interest in any subsidiary, 
joint venture or associate company. Further 
details on related party transactions with 
directors are provided in note 33 to the 
financial statements. In line with the Quote 
Companies Alliance (“QCA”) Corporate 
Governance Code, all shareholders will 
be given the opportunity to vote on the 
(re)-election of all individual directors 
who wish to remain on the board. Notice 
of the Annual General Meeting can be 
found 
 on pages 134 - 135. During the year, 
the Company purchased and maintained 
liability insurance for its directors and 
officers which remained in force at the date 
of this report.
Significant and substantial 
shareholdings
At 31 October 2024, the following 
shareholders held 3% or more of the 
issued share capital of the Company.
 See table below.
The directors are not aware that any other 
person, company or group of companies 
held 3% or more of the issued share capital 
of the Company, and no new notifications 
of substantial shareholdings have been 
received between 31 October 2024 and the 
date of this report.
Takeover directive requirements
The Group has one class of equity share, 
namely 25p ordinary shares. The shares 
have equal voting rights and there are 
no special rights or restrictions attaching 
to any of them or their transfer to other 
persons.
Rules governing the appointment and 
replacement of directors, and those relating 
to the amendment of the Group’s Articles 
of Association, are contained within those 
Articles of Association, a copy of which 
is located on the Group’s website 
(www.wynnstayPlc.co.uk).
Colleagues
The Group has procedures for keeping 
its colleagues informed about the 
progress of the business, which includes 
newsletters, roadshows, financial results 
presentations and a Colleague Forum. The 
Group continues to encourage employee 
motivation by operating a share-save 
scheme open to all colleagues. 
The Group provides training and support 
for all colleagues where appropriate 
and gives a full and fair consideration to 
disabled applicants in respect of duties 
which may be effectively performed by a 
disabled person. Where existing employees 
become disabled, the Group will seek to 
continue employing them, bearing in mind 
their disability and provided suitable duties 
are available. Failing this, all attempts will 
be made to provide a continuing income. 
Health and Safety matters are a high 
priority issue for the Board, who consider 
a monthly report on developments and any 
incidents that may have occurred, including 
accidents and near misses. More detail 
about our investment in Health and Safety 
can be found 
 on pages 46 - 47.
Further information and examples of the 
Group’s engagement with our employees 
can be found in our Section 172 Statement 
 on page 53 and the Social section of our 
ESG Framework 
 on pages 44 - 49.
Business relationships
Details of the identified main stakeholder 
groupings associated with the business 
are provided in the s172 Statement 
 on page 53. The continuing relationship 
nature of the Group’s trading activities 
requires strong communication links with 
individual customers and suppliers. This 
is achieved through dedicated personnel 
contacts, regular correspondence and 
increasingly through digital interaction 
channels. Our THRIVE corporate values 
underpin how we do business and can be 
found 
 on page 7.
Corporate governance
The Group’s statement on corporate 
governance can be found in the Corporate 
Governance Statement which is 
incorporated by reference and forms part 
of this Directors’ Report.
Having made enquires of fellow Directors 
each of these Directors, at the date of this 
report, confirms that: 
•	 to the best of each Director’s knowledge 
and belief, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Group’s auditor 
is unaware; and, 
•	 each Director has taken all the steps a 
director might reasonably be expected 
to have taken to be aware of relevant 
audit information and to establish that 
the Group’s auditor is aware of that 
information.
This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 
2006.
Independent auditors
Crowe U.K. LLP have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office and 
accordingly a resolution proposing their 
reappointment will be submitted to the 
Annual General Meeting.
By order of the Board
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Wynnstay Group Plc
Eagle House
Llansantffraid, 
Powys. SY22 6AQ
Registered number: 02704051
10 February 2025
Beneficial holder
Registered holder
Number of shares % of issued share capital
Close Brothers Asset 
Management
Lion Nominees Limited
2,293,654
9.9%
Milkwood Fund
Vidacos Nominees Limited
1,513,908
6.5%
Schroders Plc
Luna Nominees Limited
Chase Nominees Limited
948,844
4.1%
Charles Stanley 
& Co Private Clients 
Rock Nominees Limited
910,430
3.9%
Canaccord Genuity Wealth 
Management Private Clients
CGWL Nominees Limited  
817,560
3.5%
ESG Framework
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
73
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
Other Information

Financial 
Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
76
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
80
Consolidated Balance Sheet
81
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
82
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
83
Material Accounting Policies
84
Notes to the Financial Statements
92
Company Balance Sheet
120
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
121
Company Cashflow Statement
122
Material Accounting Policies
123
Notes to Financial Statements
126
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
74
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Other Information

Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
75
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Other Information

Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of Wynnstay Group Plc
Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements of Wynnstay Group Plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the year ended 31 
October 2024, which comprise:
•	 the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 October 2024;
•	 the Consolidated and Company balance sheets as at 31 October 2024;
•	 the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended;
•	 the Consolidated and Company statements of cash flows for the year then ended; and
•	 the notes to the financial statements, including material accounting policies.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards.
In our opinion the financial statements:
•	 give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 October 2024 and of the Group’s profit for the 
period then ended;
•	 have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 
•	 have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the Group and the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•	 Reviewed the group cash flow forecasts provided by management and challenged the key assumptions used in the forecasts, including 
downside sensitivities of reduced sales volumes;
•	 Checking the numerical accuracy of management’s cash flow forecasts; 
•	 Reviewed the availability of facilities and cash reserves in the context of both the financial projections and downside scenarios, 
including an assessment of compliance with applicable covenants; 
•	 Procedures to review and evaluate the historical accuracy of management’s past projections; 
•	 Reviewing the disclosures made in the financial statements relating to going concern and agreeing it is consistent with management’s 
assessment;
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report.
Overview of our audit approach
Materiality
In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept of materiality. An item is considered material if it could reasonably be 
expected to change the economic decisions of a user of the financial statements. We used the concept of materiality to both focus our 
testing and to evaluate the impact of misstatements identified.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined overall materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be £1,500,000, 
based on approximately 0.25% of revenue for 31 October 2024. Materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole was set at 
£765,000 based on 1% of the total assets for 31 October 2024.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
76
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

We use a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial 
statements. Performance materiality is set based on the audit materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as to the entity risk and our 
evaluation of the specific risk of each audit area having regard to the internal control environment. This is set at £1,050,000 for the Group 
and £535,500 for the Company.
Where considered appropriate performance materiality may be reduced to a lower level, such as, for related party transactions and 
directors’ remuneration.
We agreed with the Audit Committee to report to it all identified errors in excess of £75,000 for the Group and £38,250 for the Company. 
Errors below that threshold would also be reported to it if, in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was required on qualitative grounds.
Overview of the scope of our audit
The Group and its subsidiaries are accounted for at three main sites in the UK, including the Parent company head office. We performed 
full scope audits of the complete financial information of Wynnstay Group plc and the three components, Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) 
Limited, GrainLink Limited and Glasson Grain Limited. The work was performed directly by the Group audit team. The operations that 
were subject to full-scope audit procedures made up 97% of the consolidated revenues, 99% total profit before tax and 95% total assets 
and liabilities. The Group’s other subsidiary entities, Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited, Youngs Animal Feeds Limited, Humphrey Poultry 
(Holdings) Limited, Humphrey Feeds Limited and Humphrey Pullets Limited was subject to Specific procedures as they are not considered 
a significant component.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Key audit matter
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition (note 2)
Revenue for the Group is £613,053,000 (2023: 
£735,877,000). This is a key driver of the business and used 
as an important benchmark by shareholders for assessing 
the performance of the Group. We deemed the significant 
risks to be in respect of: 
•	 Existence of revenue throughout the year
•	 Cut-off risk, around period-end
We consider these areas to be most susceptible to 
misstatement by management due to there being an 
incentive to meet performance targets in these areas
Our audit work in this area included the following:
•	 Assessing the design and implementation of the relevant controls in place associated 
with revenue recognition; 
•	 Testing a sample of revenue transactions across the Group to ensure revenue is being 
recognised at the point in time that the performance obligation is satisfied, by selection 
from the nominal and agreeing the sample to sales invoice, cash receipts and proof of 
delivery where applicable; 
•	 Reviewing pre-year end and post year end invoices to ensure cut off correctly applied 
by agreeing revenue recognition dates to proof of delivery documentation.
•	 Performed testing using computer aided tool to corroborate sales invoiced in the period 
to cash receipt;
•	 Reviewed contractual terms of business with key customers to confirm basis of revenue 
recognition complies with IFRS 15. 
Carrying value of goodwill and investments
(notes 13 and 17)
The Group holds goodwill at a carrying value of £15.5m 
(2023 £15.53m). The Company also holds significant 
investments with a carrying value of £54.2m. Recovery of 
these assets is dependent upon discounted future cash 
flows which are required to be discounted. 
There is a risk that forecasts for these future cash flows are 
not met or that the cash flows have not been discounted 
at an appropriate rate. If the cash flows do not meet 
expectations the assets may become impaired. 
Due to the high level of estimation uncertainty and 
sensitivity in changes to the assumptions on the future cash 
flows we identified the possible impairment of assets as a 
key audit matter.
Our audit work in this area included the following:
•	 Obtaining management’s impairment papers and value in use calculations along with 
related workings to support the value in use of each cash generating unit, including 
assessing the definition of CGU’s used by management;
•	 Testing the mathematical accuracy of the value in use calculations, as well as 
challenging key assumptions used in the preparation of the discounted cash-flow 
model, including the discount rate, growth rate and expected revenues. Specialists 
within the audit team were used to assess for reasonableness the assumptions used for 
the discount rate, which significantly influences the value in use calculation;
•	 Assessing the accuracy of historic forecasts compared to actual results, to assess 
whether management are preparing materially reliable forecasts;
•	 Consideration given to any signficiant changes which may indicate an impairment 
trigger such as technological, market, economic or legal changes. 
•	 Reviewing the disclosures in the financial statements in relation to goodwill and 
investments
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
77
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Our audit procedures in relation to these matters were designed in the context of our audit opinion as a whole. They were not designed to 
enable us to express an opinion on these matters individually and we express no such opinion.
Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify 
such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course of our audit 
•	 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we 
have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or
•	 the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 65, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
78
 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of Wynnstay Group Plc - continued
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks within which the Group operates, focusing on those laws and 
regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The laws and 
regulations we considered in this context were relevant company law and taxation legislation in the UK, being the principal jurisdiction in 
which the Group operates. 
We identified the greatest risk of material impact on the financial statements from irregularities, including fraud, to be the override of 
controls by management. Our audit procedures to respond to these risks included enquiries of management and those charged with 
governance about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities, used data analytics techniques to identify any 
unusual transactions and reviewing accounting estimates for biases where significant judgements are involved. 
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatements of the financial statements 
may not be detected, even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK). The potential effects of 
inherent limitations are particularly significant in the case of misstatement resulting from fraud because fraud may involve sophisticated 
and carefully organised schemes designed to conceal it, including deliberate failure to record transactions, collusion or intentional 
misrepresentations being made to us. We performed testing on journal entries and used computer aided tools to assist this testing to 
address the risk of fraud through management override of controls. 
A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Mark Evans
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
Black Country House 
Rounds Green Road 
Oldbury 
B69 2DG 
10 February 2025
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
79
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 October 2024
Note
2024
£000
2023
£000
Revenue
2
613,053 
735,877 
Cost of Sales
(533,844)
(656,008)
Gross Profit
79,209 
79,869 
Manufacturing, distribution and selling costs
(59,809)
(60,060)
Administrative expenses
(11,925)
(10,020)
Other operating income
4
451 
371 
Adjusted operating profit1
7,926 
10,160 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payment expense
5
(543)
(468)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
5
(473)
(822)
Non-recurring items
5
(2,312)
(82)
Operating Profit
6
4,598 
8,788 
Interest income
3
497 
528 
Interest expense
3
(1,572)
(1,286)
Share of profits in joint ventures using the equity method
7
765 
865 
Adjusted profit before taxation2
7,616 
10,267 
Intangible amortisation, goodwill impairment and share-based payment
5
(543)
(468)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
5
(473)
(822)
Share of tax incurred by joint venture
7
(191)
(192)
Non-recurring items
5
(2,312)
(82)
Profit before taxation
4,097 
8,703 
Taxation
10
(1,308)
(1,776)
Profit for the year
2,789
6,927
Other comprehensive expense
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedger taken to equity (net of tax)
27 
49 
Recycled cashflow hedge taken to income statement
(95)
(83)
(68)
(34)
2,721
6,893
Basic earnings per 25p share
12
12.12p
30.74p
Diluted earnings per 25p share
12
11.75p
30.30p
The notes on pages 92 - 119 form part of these financial statements.
1 Adjusted operating profit – Operating Profit excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles and share based payment expense, gains / (losses) on mark to market of derivatives. 
And nonrecurring items.
2 Adjusted profit before taxation – Profit Before Taxation excluding amortisation of acquired intangibles and share based payment expenses, gains / (losses) on mark to market of 
derivatives, nonrecurring items and the share of tax incurred by joint ventures.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
80
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Note
2024
£000
2023
Restated*
£000
2022
Restated*
£000 
Non-Current Assets
Goodwill
13
15,530
15,530
16,133
Intangible assets
14
4,727
4,960
4,936
Investment property
15
1,850
1,850
1,850
Property plant & equipment
16
22,416
24,598
20,840
Right-of-use assets
16, 24
16,919
14,129
8,202
Investments accounted for using equity method
17
4,257
4,407
4,101
Derivative financial instruments
25
10
54
1
65,709
65,528
56,063
Current assets
Asset held for sale
16
1,266
-
-
Inventories
19
43,328
55,456
71,095
Trade and other receivables
20
70,418
81,276
96,575
Loans to joint ventures
18
600
639
1,067
Cash and cash equivalents
23
38,289
31,055
31,177
Current tax asset
950
-
-
Derivative financial instruments
25
52
209
598
154,903
168,635
200,512
Total Assets
220,612
234,163
256,575
Current Liabilities
Borrowings
23
(2,619)
(2,595)
(3,043)
Lease liabilities
24
(4,399)
(3,762)
(3,344)
Trade and other payables
21
(59,499)
(75,694)
(105,015)
Current tax liabilities
-
(257)
(1,639)
Provisions
22
(1,199)
-
(345)
Derivative financial instruments
25
(940)
(432)
(53)
(68,656)
(82,740)
(113,439)
Net Current Assets
86,247
85,895
87,073
Non-Current Liabilities
Borrowings
23
(2,846)
(4,743)
(6,640)
Lease liabilities
24
(11,259)
(9,213)
(3,999)
Trade and other payables
21
(7)
(9)
(36)
Derivatives financial instruments
25
(1)
(8)
(80)
Deferred tax liabilities
26
(2,994)
(2,220)
(1,680)
(17,107)
(16,193)
(12,435)
Total Liabilities
(85,763)
(98,933)
(125,874)
Net Assets
134,849
135,230
130,701
Equity
Share capital
27
5,782
5,739
5,585
Share premium
44,022
43,482
42,130
Share-based payments
506
1,287
1,261
Cash flow hedge reserve
35
103
137
Other reserves
28
1,492
1,516
1,741
Retained Earnings
83,012
83,103
79,847
Total Equity
134,849
135,230
130,701
* as restated - see note 36.
The financial statements on pages 80 - 119 were approved by the Board of Directors on 10 February 2025 and signed on its behalf by

Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 31 October 2024
Registered Number 2704051
Rob Thomas
Chief Financial Officer
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
81
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
As at 31 October 2024
Share
capital  
£000  
Share
premium
£000  
Share-
based 
payments
£000  
Cashflow 
hedge 
reserve
£000  
Other
reserves
£000  
Retained 
earnings
£000  
Total
£000  
As at 31 October 2022 as originally presented
5,585
42,130
-
137
4,130
78,719
130,701
Change in accounting policy
- 
- 
1,261
- 
(2,389)
1,128
- 
Total equity at the beginning of the financial year (restated*)
5,585
42,130
1,261
137
1,741
79,847
130,701
Profit for the year
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
6,927
6,927
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to equity, net of tax
-
-
-
49 
-
-
49 
Recycle cashflow hedge taken to income statement
-
-
-
(83)
-
-
(83)
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
(34)
-
6,927
6,893
Transactions with owners of the Company; recognised directly in equity:
Share-based payments
-
-
258 
-
-
-
258 
Recycle of equity remuneration reserves
-
-
(232)
-
-
197 
(35)
Shares issued during the year
154 
1,352 
-
-
-
-
1,506 
Dividends
-
-
-
-
-
(3,868)
(3,868)
Own shares acquired by ESOP trust
-
-
-
-
(225)
-
(225)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company
154 
1,352 
26 
-
(225)
(3,671)
(2,364)
As at 31 October 2023
5,739 
43,482 
1,287 
103 
1,516 
83,103
135,230
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
-
2,789
2,789
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to equity, net of tax
-
-
-
27 
-
-
27 
Recycle cashflow hedge taken to income statement
-
-
-
(95)
-
-
(95)
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
(68)
-
2,789
2,721
Transactions with owners of the Company; recognised directly in equity:
Share-based payments
-
-
309 
-
-
-
309 
Exercise, lapse or forfeit of share-based payments 
-
-
(1,090)
-
-
1,090 
-
Shares issued during the year
43 
540 
-
-
-
-
583 
Dividends
-
-
-
-
-
(3,995)
(3,995)
Transfer
-
-
-
-
(24)
24 
-
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company
43 
540 
(781)
-
(24)
(2,881)
(3,103)
As at 31 October 2024
5,782 
44,022 
506 
35 
1,492 
83,012
134,849
As restated – see note 36 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
82
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Note
2024
£000
2023
£000
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
34 
20,761
20,271 
Interest received
3 
497 
528 
Interest paid
3 
(568)
(822)
Tax paid
(1,556)
(2,763)
Net cash generated from operating activities
19,134
17,214 
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
990 
257 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
16 
(2,174)
(5,761)
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired
(33)
(2,709)
Receipt of repayment of short term loans to joint ventures
39 
428 
Payment of short term loan to ESOP trust
-
(195)
Disposal of investments
123 
-
Dividends received from joint ventures 
601 
367 
Net cash used in investing activities
(454)
(7,613)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital
583 
1,471 
Proceeds from new loans
 
92
26 
Lease payments
24, 34
(6,291)
(5,042)
Repayment of borrowings
35 
(1,897)
(2,371)
Dividends paid to shareholders
11 
(3,995)
(3,868)
Net cash used in financing activities
(11,508)
(9,784)
Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
7,172 
(183)
Effects of exchange rate changes
62 
61 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
31,055 
31,177 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
23 
38,289 
31,055 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
For the year ended 31 October 2024
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
83
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

General information
Wynnstay Group Plc has a number of operations. These are described in the segmental analysis in note 2.
Wynnstay Group Plc is a company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is Eagle House, 
Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ. The Company has its listing on AIM, part of the London Stock Exchange.
Accounting Policies
The Group’s material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below.
Basis of Preparation
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards. The Group’s 
financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention other than certain assets which are at deemed cost under 
the transition rules, and certain financial instruments which are explained in the relevant section below. A summary of the material Group’s 
accounting policies is set out below, and these have been applied consistently.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with UK adopted International Accounting Standards requires the use of certain 
critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on 
management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.
The Group has taken advantage of the audit exemption available under section 479(A) of the Companies Act 2006 for five of its 
subsidiaries, Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited (company number 03230345), Youngs Animal Feeds Limited (company number 
04128486), Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited (company number 13882065), Humphrey Feeds Limited (company number 00884405) 
and Humphrey Pullets Limited (company number 06780228). The Company has provided parent guarantees to these subsidiaries which 
have taken advantage of the exemption from audit.
Change In Accounting Policy
The Group changed its accounting policy for share-based payments such that the value of shares that have exercised, lapsed or forfeit is 
now credited to Retained earnings as opposed to remaining within the Share-based payment reserve.
The change in accounting policy had no impact upon the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Balance Sheet, Group 
Statement of Cash Flows, net assets of the Group, or the Group distributable reserves. The change in accounting policy enables the 
readers of the financial statements to identify the cumulative value of share-based payments that are still to be exercised, lapsed or forfeit.
The impact of the change in accounting policy is detailed in note 36.
There is no change to basic and diluted earnings per share arising from the change in accounting policy.
Going Concern
As part of their normal year end processes the Board have reviewed commercial plans and budgets for the new financial year, together 
with assessing the principal identified risks and uncertainties for the Group. Detailed cashflow projections have been prepared and 
considered against available funding sources, which at the year-end included net cash of £17.12m, plus £10m of undrawn revolving credit 
facilities and £10.5m of unused overdraft facilities with HSBC Bank UK Plc (HSBC).
In May 2024 an RCF facility of £10m with a £5m accordion, was renewed with HSBC Bank UK Plc (HSBC) and committed to 28 February 
2027. The facility was undrawn at 31 October 2024 and in addition, the Group has £10.5m unused overdraft facilities and net cash 
(including IFRS 16 leases) of £17.16m at the year end. Detailed cash flow projections have been prepared and considered against these 
available funding sources and substantial headroom is available to fund the continuing development of the Group.
The Directors have therefore concluded that they have reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate financial resources to 
support the operational requirements of the business for the foreseeable future, and that it is appropriate to continue adopting the going 
concern concept in the preparation of financial statements. In conclusion, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Alternative performance measures
The Board believe that Adjusted Operating Profit and Adjusted Profit Before Taxation better reflect the adjusted commercial trends and 
performance of the Group and provides investors and other users of the accounts with useful information on these trends.
Adjusted Operating Profit is statutory operating profit after adding back non-recurring items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
share based payment expenses and gains / (losses) on mark to market of derivatives. Adjusted profit before taxation is statutory profit 
before taxation after adding back non-recurring items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share based payment expenses, gains / 
(losses) on mark to market of derivatives and the share of tax incurred by joint ventures.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
84
 
Material Accounting Policies
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Basis of Consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Wynnstay Group Plc (‘the Company’) and entities 
controlled by Wynnstay Group Plc (its ‘subsidiaries’) together with the Group’s share of the results of its joint ventures and associates.
Where the company has control over an investee, it is classified as a subsidiary. The company controls an investee if all three of the 
following elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to variable returns from the investee, and the ability of the investor 
to use its power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a 
change in any of these elements of control.
De-facto control exists in situations where the company has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee without 
holding the majority of the voting rights. In determining whether de- facto control exists the company considers all relevant facts and 
circumstances, including:
•	 the size of the company’s voting rights relative to both the size and dispersion of other parties who hold voting rights;
•	 substantive potential voting rights held by the company and by other parties;
•	 other contractual arrangements; and
•	 historic patterns in voting attendance.
The consolidated financial statements present the results of the company and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) as if they formed a single 
entity. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are therefore eliminated in full.
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of business combinations using the acquisition method. In the balance sheet, 
the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at the acquisition date. The 
fair value of contingent consideration is assessed using management judgement to reflect the likelihood of the pertinent matters being 
achieved. The results of acquired operations are included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the date on which 
control is obtained. They are deconsolidated from the date on which control ceases.
Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanied by a share of between 
20% and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the Group has joint control. Investments in joint ventures and 
associates are accounted for using the equity method. In the Company financial statements, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and 
associates are accounted for at cost
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is income arising for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities, net of value added taxes and 
discounts. Revenue is recognised when performance obligations are satisfied, and control has transferred to the customer. Although the 
Group does provide some services (agronomy, such as analysis of nutritional content of silage samples), the majority of the revenue relates 
to sale of goods and consequently the level of judgement required to determine the transaction price or the timing of transfer of control is 
low. All revenue is derived from UK operations. The Group has three main operating segments which relate to how our customers purchase 
products, as described below:
Feed and Grain
Wynnstay manufactures and supplies a wide range of feeds and animal nutrition products for a range of sectors, including, dairy, beef, 
sheep, and poultry. The business operates three feed mills and three blending plants, and offers nutrition products in compounded, 
blended and meal forms, both in bulk and in bags. Bagged feed is predominantly sold through our depot network. In addition, we sell 
a range of feed raw materials through both the Wynnstay and Glasson Grain brands, as well as offering grain and combinable crop 
marketing services through the GrainLink business.
Fertiliser and Seed
Our arable operations supply a wide range of services and products to arable and grassland farmers. These include seeds, fertilisers and 
agrochemicals. Our fertiliser manufacturing business, Glasson Fertiliser, is the second largest fertiliser blender in the UK and is based at 
Glasson Dock near Lancaster.
Depot Merchanting
Wynnstay operates a network of 51 depots catering mainly for the needs of farmers but also rural dwellers. Depots are mostly located 
within the livestock areas of England and Wales. The network is supported by a multi-channel sales route to market, which includes a 
digital sales platform, a sales trading desk, regional field sales teams and specialist catalogues.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
85
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Finance Income
Finance income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be 
measured reliably. Finance income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable.
Amortisation of Intangible Assets, Share-Based Payments and Non-Recurring Expense Items
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based payment expense and non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by 
nature are presented within their relevant income statement category but highlighted separately on the face of the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income and within a note to the financial statements, see note 5. The separate disclosure of profit before these items 
helps provide a better indication of the Group’s underlying business performance.
Non-recurring items are items that the Board believes are material and one-off or non-operating in nature and are better disclosed 
separately in the income statement. Events which may give rise to non-recurring items include, but are not limited to, gains or losses 
on the disposal of subsidiaries/businesses, gains or losses on the disposal or revaluation of properties, gains or losses on the disposal 
of investments, the restructuring of the business, the integration of new businesses, acquisition related costs, changes to estimates in 
relation to deferred and contingent consideration for prior period business combinations and asset impairments including impairment of 
goodwill.
Employment Benefit Costs
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes. Contributions to these schemes are charged to the Group 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as they are incurred, in accordance with the rules of the scheme.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of 
the acquired entity at the date of the acquisition. At the date of acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of 
impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and assessed for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in 
the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. Once recognised, an impairment of goodwill is not reversed.
Impairment of Non-Financial Assets
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that a non-financial asset may be impaired. Where an indicator 
of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use and is considered for each individual asset. If the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of those from other 
assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. Pre-tax discount 
rates reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of money are used for the value in use calculation.
Investment Property
Investment property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, is initially measured at cost and subsequently stated at fair 
value at the reporting date, as determined by the directors and is periodically supported by external valuers. Gains or losses arising from 
changes in the fair value of investment property are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise. Gains or losses 
on disposal of an investment property are recognised in the income statement on the unconditional completion of the sale.
Property, Plant And Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment losses. Depreciation is 
provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of fixed assets over their expected useful lives as follows:
•	 freehold property 2.5% - 5% per annum straight line;
•	 leasehold land and building and right of use assets is over the period of the lease;
•	 plant and machinery and office equipment 10% - 33% per annum straight line; and
•	 motor vehicles 20% - 30% per annum straight line.
If the expenditure provides incremental future benefits so that it improves the earning capacity or extends the life of the non-current asset 
beyond its originally intended useful economic life, then it is treated as capital expenditure. This is usually the case with non- climate 
compliant assets where the Group seeks to modify appropriate assets where possible as it works towards its zero- carbon footprint 
commitment which is detailed in the strategic report. Climate uncertainty does not have a material impact on the assessment of useful 
lives as the assets are considered to be fit for purpose over the assessed useful economic lives with reasonable repairs and maintenance 
The impact of historical climate related incidents indicates that any financial impact on physical assets, including adapting them for use is 
addressed by our existing capital programme. Major renovations are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset or to the 
date of the next major renovation, whichever is sooner. Gains and losses on disposals are calculated by comparing proceeds with carrying 
amount and are included in the income statement.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
86
 
Material Accounting Policies - continued
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Intangible Assets
Following initial recognition of an intangible asset, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be held at cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and impairment. Amortisation begins when the asset is ready for use.
The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination with a definite useful life (three to eight years) is amortised on a 
straight-line basis, with the carrying value being its fair value at the acquisition date. Where intangibles (including brands) have an indefinite 
life, they are not amortised, but assessed for impairment during the year. See Note 14 for details on intangibles movement during the 
period.
Financial Instruments
Recognition and derecognition
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial 
instrument.
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial 
asset and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, 
cancelled or expires.
Classification and initial measurement of financial assets
Except for those trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component and are measured at the transaction price in 
accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair value.
Financial assets, other than those designated and effective as hedging instruments, are classified into the following categories:
•	 amortised cost
•	 fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
•	 fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).
The classification is determined by both:
•	 the entity’s business model for managing the financial asset
•	 the contract cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.
Subsequent measurement of financial assets
Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost
Financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost if they meet the following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL):
•	 they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold the financial assets or satisfy the financial liabilities through the 
associated contractual cash flows or
•	 the contractual terms of the financial assets and liabilities give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on 
the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)
Financial assets that are held within a different business model other than ‘hold to collect’ or ‘hold to collect and sell’ are categorised 
at fair value through profit and loss. Further, irrespective of business model financial assets whose contractual cash flows are not solely 
payments of principal and interest are accounted for at FVTPL. All derivative financial instruments fall into this category, except for those 
designated and effective as hedging instruments, for which the hedge accounting requirements apply (see below), and will be charged 
through cost of sales in the income statement.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
87
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9’s impairment requirements use more forward-looking information to recognise expected credit losses – the ‘expected credit loss 
(ECL) model’.
Instruments included loans and other debt-type financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVOCI, trade receivables, contract 
assets recognised and measured under IFRS 15 and loan commitments and some financial guarantee contracts (for the issuer) that are not 
measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Recognition of credit losses is not dependent on the Group first identifying a credit loss event. Instead, the Group considers a broader 
range of information when assessing credit risk and measuring expected credit losses, including past events, current conditions, 
reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the future cash flows of the asset.
Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a probability weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the 
financial asset. For large one-off balances where there is no historical experience, analysis is completed in respect of several reasonably 
possible scenarios.
Other Investments
Investments are measured at fair value in the balance sheet, with value changes recognised in profit or loss, except for those equity 
investments for which the Group has specifically elected to present fair value changes are then shown in ‘other comprehensive income’. 
Cost is used as an appropriate estimate of the fair value for investments where in limited cases there is insufficient, recent information 
available to measure fair value.
Trade and other receivables and loans to joint ventures
Trade receivables are initially recognised at their transaction price. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the 
impairment provision for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against costs in the 
income statement. Short-term trade receivables do not carry any interest and are stated at their amortised cost, as reduced by appropriate 
allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade and other receivables and records the loss allowance as lifetime 
expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during 
the life of the financial instrument.
The Group uses its historical experience, external indicators and for- ward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses.
The Group assess impairment of trade receivables on a collective basis where they possess shared credit risk characteristics, they have 
been grouped based on sector industry global default rates. Refer to Note 20 for a detailed analysis of how the impairment requirements of 
IFRS 9 are applied.
Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered. An equity 
instrument is any contract that provides a residual interest in the assets of a business after deducting all other liabilities. Equity instruments 
is- sued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. 
Classification and measurement of financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, trade and other payables, derivative financial instruments and lease liabilities.
Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Group designated a 
financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.
Subsequently, financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial 
liabilities designated at FVTPL, which are carried subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than 
derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedging instruments).
All interest-related charges and, if applicable, changes in an instrument’s fair value that are reported in profit or loss are included within 
finance costs.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
88
 
Material Accounting Policies - continued
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded at fair value, net of attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between proceeds and redemption value being 
recognised in the Group Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest 
basis.
Prepaid fees in relation to issuance of debt are held on the Balance Sheet on the basis that such issuance is considered probable. If issues 
do not occur, or are deemed not to be probable, such fees are recognised in the income statement.
Financial guarantees
Where composite financial guarantees (not within the definition of IFRS 9) over the general bank obligations of subsidiaries for debt 
instruments held at amortised cost exist, such balances are netted in Balance Sheet.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are used to manage exposure to market risks. The principal derivative instruments used by Wynnstay 
are foreign exchange forward contracts and futures. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or 
speculative purposes. Derivative financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of any derivative 
instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.
Hedge accounting
At inception of the hedge relationship, the group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, 
including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. 
The group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions.
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are classified at inception of hedge relationship as cash flow hedges. Changes in the 
fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedges 
are effective. Ineffective portions are recognised in profit or loss immediately. Amounts deferred in other comprehensive income are 
reclassified to the income statement when the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a 
hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is 
recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When or if a forecast transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred in full to the income statement.
Both the ineffective portions and recycled amounts from OCI are put through cost of sales, as management consider these to be integral 
to commercial operations, rather than finance related.
Accounting for changes in credit risk
Accounting standards require that the fair value of financial instruments reflects their credit quality and also changes in credit quality where 
there is evidence that this has occurred. The credit risk associated with the Group’s derivatives is reviewed monthly where the impact is 
not material, due to the Group strong financial position.
Inventories
Inventories (covering raw materials, consumables, finished goods and goods for resale) are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Biological inventories are measured at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the point of harvest. Cost comprises direct materials 
and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and condition. Where appropriate, cost is calculated on a specific identification basis. Otherwise, inventories are valued using the first-in-
first-out method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred 
in marketing, selling and distribution.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of the Balance Sheet, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, cash in hand, money market funds and short- 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. For the Consolidated and Company statement of cash flows, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
89
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Leases
The Group as a lessee, accounts for all leases by recognising a right- of-use asset and a lease liability. At inception, the Group assess 
whether the contract contains a lease or is a lease. A lease is determined when the contract conveys the right to control an identified asset 
for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group recognises a right-of- use asset and a corresponding lease liability for all 
lease agreements in which the Group is the lessee at the lease commencement date.
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial lease liability adjusted for any lease payment made at or 
before the commencement date, plus any indirect initial costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying 
asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.
The right-of-use assets are then subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method or reducing balance method from the 
commencement date to the earlier of the lease term or useful life of the underlying asset. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators of 
impairment on an annual basis.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s weighted 
average incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an 
asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.
The incremental borrowing rate is based on the (i) reference rate, (ii) financing spread and (iii) lease specific adjustments. The reference rate 
is based on the UK Nominal Gilts aligned with the tenor of the lease observed at the time of signing the contract. The financing spread is 
based on the term of the debt, level of indebtedness, entity and economic environment.
Lease payments included in the measurement of lease liabilities includes the following:
•	 Fixed payments including in-substance fixed payments;
•	 Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; and 
•	 The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees
The Group remeasures the lease liability when there is a change in the future lease payments arising from a change in rate or index or, a 
modification to the lease that is not accounted for as a separate lease. In the latter case, the lease liability is remeasured by using a revised 
discount rate. When the lease liability has been remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right- of-
use asset or is recorded in the profit or loss account if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
The Group has opted not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for low value assets and short-term leases (defined as a 
lease with a lease term of 12 months or less). Instead, the lease payments are recognised as an operating expense on a straight-line basis 
over the length of the lease term or on a systematic basis.
Taxation
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on 
tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences:
i.	 except where the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or the initial recognition of an asset or liability 
in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit 
or loss; and
ii.	 in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax 
losses, to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profits will be 
available against which the temporary differences can be utilised:
i.	 except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset 
or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit 
nor taxable profit or loss; and
ii.	 in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, deferred tax assets are only recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
90
 
Material Accounting Policies - continued
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Deferred tax assets and liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and where there is an intention to settle these balances on a net basis. Deferred income tax assets and 
liabilities are measured at the tax rates that apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and 
tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Income taxes relating to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity are also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity and not in the income 
statement. Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement
Deferred Income
Amounts received prior to the delivery of goods and services are recorded as deferred income and released to the income statement as 
they are provided.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable that 
an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured at the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the reporting 
date and are discounted, where material, to present value using a current, pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to 
the liability.
A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised a valid 
expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to 
those affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, 
which are those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring and not associated with the ongoing activities of the 
Group.
Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity and are recorded at the par value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, allowing for 
any reductions in the par value. Where shares are issued above par value, the proceeds in excess of par value are recorded in the share 
premium account. Where shares have been issued following the exercise of eligible nil-cost employee options, previously expensed equity 
remuneration reserves are recycled to share capital at par value only.
Dividend Distribution
A dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
the shareholders’ right to receive payment of the dividend is established.
Foreign Currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, which is the parent company’s functional currency.
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated into Sterling at the rates of 
exchange ruling at the reporting date. Differences arising on translation are charged or credited to the income statement.
Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Group makes certain judgements and assumptions about the measurement of certain assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. 
These assessments are continually evaluated based on historic experience and expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions, however we believe these are 
not significant nor likely to cause a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. 
Significant Estimates and Assumptions
Business Combinations
Where valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, 
including estimates of the fair value of contingent consideration, which is dependent on the outcome of variables such as future trade or 
profitability.
Climate Change
The Group has considered climate change as part of the cashflow projections within going concern, impairment assessments and viability, 
and the impact of climate change is not deemed to have a significant impact on these assessments currently and therefore they are not 
deemed to be a key source of estimation uncertainty. The group will continue to monitor the impacts of climate change over the coming 
years.
Intangible asset impairment reviews
An impairment review is conducted annually on intangible assets which are not being amortised. Such reviews include management 
making judgements of appropriate discount and growth rates, together with estimates of future cashflows. See note 13 to the accounts.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
91
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

1. General information & Significant accounting policies
The Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and 
related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.
Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. The following new standards, amendments 
and interpretations are effective for the period beginning on or after 1 November 2023 and have been adopted for the Group Financial 
Statements where appropriate with no material impact on the disclosures and results made by the Group:
•	 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12);
•	 Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8);
•	 Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’, distinguishing changes in accounting 
estimates from changes in accounting policies;
•	 Disclosure of Accounting policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2; and
•	 Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 - Comparative Information
There has been no material impact on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements from any new standards, amendments or 
interpretations effective during the year.
Accounting standards or interpretations issued but not yet effective
Apart from IFRS18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, there were no accounting standards or interpretations issued 
which have an effective date after the date of these Group Consolidated Financial Statements that management reasonably expects to 
have an impact on disclosures, financial position or performance.
2. Segmental Reporting
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information about the components of the Group 
that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their 
performance.
The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (‘the Board’). The Board reviews the Group’s internal 
reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Board has determined that the operating segments, based on these 
reports are Feed & Grain, Fertiliser & Seed and Depot Merchanting.
The Board considers the business from a product/service perspective. In the Board’s opinion, all of the Group’s operations are carried 
out in the same geographical segment, namely the United Kingdom. The Board have changed the way that they review the performance 
of the business during the current year. Previously, the operating segments were Agriculture and Specialist Agricultural Merchanting. The 
comparative figures for 2023 have been restated to be presented in accordance with the revised operating segments.
Feed and Grain - Wynnstay manufactures and supplies a wide range of feeds and animal nutrition products for a range of sectors. 
We also sell a range of feed raw materials through both the Wynnstay and Glasson Grain brands. We offer grain and combinable crop 
marketing services through the GrainLink business.
Fertiliser and Seed - Wynnstay manufactures blended fertiliser and our arable operations supply a wide range of services and products to 
arable and grassland farmers.
Depot Merchanting - Wynnstay operates a network of 51 depots catering mainly for the needs of farmers but also rural dwellers.
The Board assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of adjusted operating profit and adjusted profit 
before tax. Other information provided to the Board is measured in a manner consistent with that in the financial statements. No segment 
is individually reliant on any one customer.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
92
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 October 2024
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

All revenue during the current and prior financial years have arisen from revenue recognised at a point in time. The segment results for the 
year ended 31 October 2024 are as follows:
Year ended 31 October 2024
Feed & 
Grain
£000
Fertiliser & 
Seed
£000
Depot 
Merchanting
£000
Total
£000
Revenue
353,264 
119,705 
140,084 
613,053 
Gross Profit
33,200 
11,402 
34,607 
79,209 
Result
Adjusted Operating Profit
157 
1,629 
6,140 
7,926 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payment expense
(142)
(90)
(311)
(543)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
(473)
-
-
(473)
Non-recurring items
(2,087)
-
(225)
(2,312)
Operating Profit
(2,545)
1,539 
5,604
4,598 
Adjusted Profit before taxation
682 
1,410 
5,524 
7,616 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payment expense
(142)
(90)
(311)
(543)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
(473)
-
-
(473)
Share of tax incurred by joint ventures and associates
(191)
-
-
(191)
Non-recurring items
(2,087)
-
(225)
(2,312)
Profit before taxation
2,211
1,320
4,988
4,097 
Income tax expense
706
(422) 
(1,593)
(1,308)
Profit for the year
(1,505)
899
3,395
2,789
Other information
Depreciation and amortisation
(1,728)
(1,169)
(2,110)
(5,007)
Property, plant and equipment additions
4,582 
457 
2,878 
7,917 
Balance Sheet
Segment assets
90,272
43,692
86,648
220,612
Segment liabilities
(43,578)
(14,898)
(27,287)
(85,763)
Net assets
46,694
28,794
59,361
134,849
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in joint ventures and associates
4,169 
-
-
4,169 
There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.
Year ended 31 October 2023 restated
Feed & 
Grain
£000
Fertiliser & 
Seed
£000
Depot 
Merchanting
£000
Total
£000
Revenue
437,748 
156,442 
141,687 
735,877 
Gross Profit
36,615 
10,985 
32,269
79,869
Result
Adjusted Operating Profit
5,054 
954 
4,153 
10,161 
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payment expense
(182)
(57)
(229)
(468)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
(822)
-
-
(822)
Non-recurring items
(82)
-
-
(82)
Operating Profit
3,969 
897
3,924 
8,789 
Adjusted Profit before taxation
5,683 
786 
3,799 
10,267
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payment expense
(182)
(57)
(229)
(468)
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
(822)
-
-
(822)
Share of tax incurred by joint ventures and associates
(192)
-
-
(192)
Non-recurring items
(82)
-
-
(82)
Profit before taxation
4,405
729
3,570
8,703
Income tax expense
(900)
(148)
(728)
(1,776)
Profit for the year
3,506
581
2,843
6,927
Other information
Depreciation and amortisation
(1,811)
(1,221)
(1,856)
(4,888)
Property, plant and equipment additions
6,862 
3,219 
5,455 
15,536 
Balance Sheet
Segment assets
109,796 
46,905 
77,462
234,163
Segment liabilities
(53,858)
(20,192)
(24,883)
(98,933)
Net assets
55,938
26,713
52,579
135,230
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in joint ventures and associates
4,183 
-
136 
4,319 
There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
93
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

3. Finance Income and Costs
2024
£000
2023
£000
Interest expense:
Interest payable on borrowings
(568)
(822)
Interest payable on leases
(1,004)
(464)
(1,572)
(1,286)
Interest income:
Interest received from bank deposits
478 
317 
Interest received from customers
19 
211 
497 
528 
Net financial interest expense
(1,075)
(758)
4. Other Operating Income
2024
£000
2023
£000
Rental income
185 
369 
R&D Tax income
250
-
Investment income
14 
2 
Government Grant Income
2 
-
451 
371 
5. Amortisation of Intangible Assets, Share-Based Payments and Non-Recurring Items
2024
£000
2023
£000
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets and share-based payments
Amortisation of intangibles
234 
210 
Cost of share-based reward
309 
258 
543 
468 
Non-recurring items
Business combination expenses
-
28 
Business reorganisation expenses
1,268 
54 
Environmental Costs
202 
-
Loss on disposal of joint venture
23 
-
Impairment of Asset Held for Sale
819 
-
2,312 
82 
Loss on mark to market of derivatives
473 
822 
2,785 
904 

In the year ended 31 October 2024, the Group incurred non-recurring items totalling £2,312,000 (2023: £82,000).  These costs are 
considered material, non-recurring, and outside the normal course of the Group’s operations. They have been classified separately to 
provide stakeholders with a clear understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
94
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Business reorganisation expenses
These costs primarily relate to Board and leadership changes and the restructuring of manufacturing operations.
Environmental expenses
These costs were incurred for the remediation of land and safe disposal of contaminated soil.
While the Group has submitted a claim to its insurers, no income or receivable has been recognised in the year as the likelihood of 
reimbursement is not virtually certain. Should the insurance claim be successful, any recoveries will be recognised as non-recurring 
income in future periods.
Impairment of assets
Impairment of Fixed Assets (£819,000):
The Group recognised a write-down on the Calne feed mill, reflecting the shortfall between its carrying value and the agreed sale price. The 
asset has been classified as “held for sale” in the balance sheet.
Loss on Disposal of Joint Venture (£23,000):
The Group disposed of its investment in Total Angling Ltd during the year, resulting in a loss on disposal.
6. Group Operating Profit
The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Cost of inventories recorded as an expense
(526,456)
(645,852)
Staff Costs
(37,678) 
(38,411)
Depreciation (leased assets)
(3,825)
(4,189)
Depreciation (own assets)
(2,289)
(2,312)
Intangibles amortisation
(234)
(210)
Services provided by the Group’s auditor
During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Audit services – statutory audit
250
225
Included in the Group audit fee are fees of £52,500 (2023: £32,500) paid to the Group’s auditor in respect of the Parent Company. The fees 
relating to the Parent Company are borne by one of the Group’s subsidiaries and not recharged.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
95
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

7. Share of Post-Tax Profits of Joint Ventures and Associates
2024
£000
2023
£000
Share of pre-tax profits in joint ventures
765 
865 
Share of tax in joint ventures
(191)
(192)
Total share of post-tax profits of joint ventures and Associates
574 
673 
8. Staff Costs
The aggregate payroll costs, including Directors’ emoluments, charged in the financial statements for the Group were as follows:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Wages and salaries
32,206 
33,232 
Social security costs
2,960 
3,292 
Pension and other costs
2,203 
1,629 
Cost of share-based reward
309 
258 
37,678 
38,411 
The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:
2024
No.
2023
No.
Administration
102 
115 
Production
141 
146 
Sales, distribution and depots
665 
683 
908 
944 
The parent company did not have any employees in the current or prior year other than executive directors who are remunerated by other 
Group Companies, and four non-executive directors with a gross cost categorised as fees of £241,619 (2023: £240,000) not included in 
the above sums.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
96
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

9. Directors’ Remuneration
2024
£000
2023
£000
Directors’ emoluments
861 
1,208 
Social security costs
114 
176 
Company contributions to money purchase pension schemes
24 
38 
Aggregate gains made on the exercise of Approved options
24 
142 
1,023 
1,564 
Details of the Directors’ interest in the share capital of the company, including outstanding share options at the year end, are provided in 
the Directors’ Report. The following remuneration detail is provided in accordance with AIM Rule 19.
Name of Director
2024
£000
2023
£000
Executives:
Gareth Davies
329 
573 
Alk Brand
30 
-
Paul Roberts
34 
381 
Rob Thomas 
224 
35 
Non-Executives:
Steve Ellwood
106 
75 
Philip Kirkham
-
31 
Howell Richards
46 
43 
Catherine Bradshaw
46 
44 
Steven Esom 
46 
26 
861 
1,208 
Retirement benefits are accruing to the following number of directors:
2024
No.
2023
No.
Money purchase pension scheme
2
3
Contribution paid by the Group to money purchase pension schemes in respect of such directors were:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Gareth Davies
10 
24 
Paul Roberts
-
12 
Rob Thomas
14 
2 
24 
38 
Gains made on the exercise of approved share options schemes in respect of such directors were:
 
2024
£000
2023
£000
Gareth Davies
24 
76 
Paul Roberts
-
66 
Rob Thomas
-
-
24 
142 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
97
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

10. Taxation
Analysis of tax charge in year: 
2024
£000
2023 
£000
Current tax:
Operating activities for the year
430
1,474 
Adjustments in respect of prior years
73
(93)
Total current tax
503
1,381 
Deferred tax:
Accelerated capital allowances
805
438
Other temporary and deductible differences
-
(43)
Total deferred tax
805
395
Total tax charge for the year
1,308
1,776
Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2023: lower) than the standard rate of Corporation Tax in the UK applicable to the Group of 25.0% 
(2023: 22.5%) and is explained as follows:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Current tax
Profit on activities for tax
4,097 
8,703 
Profit on activities multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25.00% (2023: 22.50%)
1,024 
1,958 
Effects of:
Joint venture and associate tax already provided
(144)
(192)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
214
96
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years
73 
(93)
Other items
141
7
Total tax charge for the year
1,308
1,776
Factors that may affect future tax charges
The main rate of Corporation Tax was raised from 19% to 25% with effect from April 2023, and accordingly only partially impacted the 
charge for the previous year. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
98
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

11. Dividends
2024
£000
2023
£000
Final dividend paid for prior year
2,702 
2,608 
Interim dividend paid for current year
1,293 
1,260 
3,995 
3,868 
Subsequent to the year end it has been recommended that a final dividend of 11.90p per ordinary share (2023: 11.75p) be paid on 30 April 
2025. Together with the interim dividend already paid on 31 October 2024 of 5.60p net per ordinary share (2023: 5.50p) this will result in a 
total dividend for the financial year of 17.50p net per ordinary share (2023: 17.25p).
12. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
2024
2023 
2024
2023
Earnings attributable to shareholders
2,789
6,927
2,789
6,927
Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year
23,029 
22,525 
23,736 
22,853 
Earnings per ordinary 25p share
12.12
30.74
11.75
30.30
Basic earnings per 25p ordinary share is calculated by dividing profit for the year from operating activities attributable to ordinary 
shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares (share options) taking into account their exercise price in comparison with the actual average share price during the year.

2024
2023
Earnings
Weighted
average number
of shares
(number ‘000)
Earnings per
share
Earnings
Weighted
average number
of shares
(number ‘000)
Earnings per
share
Basic earnings per ordinary 25p share
2,789
23,029 
12.12
6,927
22,525 
30.74
Effect of dilutive securities:
Share options
-
707 
(0.37)
-
328 
(0.44)
Diluted earnings per share
2,789
23,736 
11.75
6,927
22,853 
30.30
13. Goodwill
After initial recognition, goodwill is subject to annual impairment tests or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that it might be impaired, in accordance with IAS 36.
£000
Cost
£000
Impairment
£000
Net book value
As at November 2022
18,137 
(2,004)
16,133 
Additions - Business Combinations
302 
-
302 
Adjustments following finalisation of initial acquisition accounting
(905)
(905)
At 31 October 2023 and 31 October 2024
17,534 
(2,004)
15,530 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
99
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Goodwill impairment 
Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there 
are indications that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of the smallest cash 
generating units at which management monitor that goodwill.
Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are based on the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is 
calculated from cash flow projections for the next 5 years using data from the Group’s latest internal forecasts, the results of which are 
reviewed by the Board.
Goodwill is allocated to specific cash generating units (“CGU’s”) as it arises, and the Group has a number of CGUs across the Glasson, 
Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies and Grainlink sectors.
The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to each CGUs is Glasson £786,000 (2023: £786,000), Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies 
£11,138,000 (2023: £10,232,000), Grainlink £3,606,000 (2023: £3,606,000) and Humphrey £Nil (2023: £906,000). Following the hive-up 
of Humprhey Feeds into Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies on 1 November 2023, the associated goodwill now forms part of the Wynnstay 
Agricultural Supplies CGU.
Annual impairment reviews were performed by comparing the carrying value of the cash generating unit with its recoverable amount.
Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, growth rates as well as volumes, margins and 
overheads required to achieve expected cash flows. Management estimate discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect the current 
market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units. Changes in selling prices, gross margins 
and direct costs are based on past experience and expectations of future changes in the market. Given the current economic climate, a 
sensitivity analysis has been performed in assessing the recoverable amounts of goodwill.
 A pre-tax discount rate of 8.50% was applied for all CGUs (2023: 8.70%).
The forecasted cash flows are extrapolated based on a 2 to 5 year average growth rate of 2% (2023: 1%) and perpetuity growth rate of 
2% (2023: 2%) for the Glasson, Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies and Grainlink CGU’s. The short term growth rate of 2% has been used to 
reflect current specific UK market conditions and performance expectations based on management opinions for that timeframe, while the 
5 year plus perpetuity rate of 2% reflects a more realistic historic long term growth rate for the UK economy.
All calculations indicated adequate headroom in these results for the value in use compared to the carrying value.
Sensitivity analysis has been considered for the key assumptions by applying a 100 basis point reduction to both the perpetuity growth 
rate and the 2 to 5 year growth rate, and by applying 100 basis point increase to the pre-tax discount rate. Each individual change, with all 
other variables remaining constant, has had no impact on the result of the impairment tests for the continuing defined CGU’s.
An impairment would only be triggered if the discount rate was to exceed 10.50%, which is 2.00% higher than applied in the testing 
analysis.
14. Intangible Assets
Cost
Brand
£000
Key and other 
customer 
accounts
£000
Customer
books
£000
Trademarks
£000
Total
£000
Balance as at 1 November 2022
3,759 
1,095 
395 
10 
5,259 
Additions - Business Combination
-
234 
-
-
234 
At 31 October 2023
3,759 
1,329 
395 
10 
5,493 
Additions - Business Combination
-
-
-
At 31 October 2024
3,759 
1,329 
395 
10 
5,493 
Aggregate amortisation:
Balance as at 1 November 2022
-
113 
202 
8 
323 
Charge for the year
-
171 
38 
1 
210 
At 31 October 2023
-
284 
240 
9 
533 
Charge for the year
-
221 
11 
1 
233 
At 31 October 2024
-
505 
251 
10 
766 
Net book value:
At 31 October 2024
3,759 
824 
144 
-
4,727 
At 31 October 2023
3,759 
1,045 
155 
1 
4,960 
The Brand Intangible arose on the 18 March 2022 acquisition of Humphreys Poultry Holdings Limited, which in turn owns 100% of the 
shares in two commercial and operational entities Humphreys Feeds Limited and Humphreys Pullets Limited. Following the hive-up of 
these entities on 1 November 2023, this brand is contained within the Wynnstay Agricultural Supplies CGU.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
100
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

15. Investment Property
Investment property relates to a redeveloped retail property in Pwllheli. The amount of rent receivable from the Investment property in the 
year was £156,000 (2023: £182,000). Direct operating expenses associated with this investment property amounted to £1,242 in the year 
(2023: £4,992).
Group and Company
2024
£000
As at 1 November 2022
2,372 
Fair value movement 
(522)
Balance as at 31 October 2023 and 31 October 2024
1,850 
16. Property, Plant and Equipment
Cost
Leasehold land 
and buildings
£000
Freehold land 
and buildings
£000
Plant, machinery 
and office 
equipment
£000
Motor 
vehicles
£000
Right-of-use 
assets
£000
Asset held 
for sale
£000
Total
£000
As at 31 October 2022
1,693 
18,044 
19,625 
1,288 
18,102 
-
58,752 
Additions
463 
698 
4,052 
548 
9,775 
-
15,536 
Acquisitions
18 
-
243 
2 
524 
-
787 
Reclassifications
-
(8)
53 
168 
(1,749)
-
(1,536)
Disposals
-
-
(118)
(178)
(1,684)
-
(1,980)
As at 31 October 2023
2,174 
18,734 
23,855 
1,828 
24,968 
-
71,559 
Additions
81 
1,094 
1,756 
18 
4,967 
-
7,916 
Disposals
-
-
(1,046)
(437)
(1,563)
-
(3,046)
Reclassifications
-
(1,940)
(32)
2,021 
(2,133)
2,085 
1 
As at 31 October 2024
2,255 
17,888 
24,533 
3,430 
26,239 
2,085 
76,430 
Depreciation
As at 31 October 2022
796 
6,398 
12,042 
574 
9,900 
-
29,710 
Charge for the year
114 
436 
1,438 
324 
4,189 
-
6,501 
Reclassifications
-
-
-
48 
(1,584)
-
(1,536)
Disposals
-
-
(72)
(105)
(1,666)
-
(1,843)
As at 31 October 2023
910 
6,834 
13,408 
841 
10,839 
-
32,832 
Charge for the year
135 
447 
1,376 
331 
3,825
-
6,114
Reclassifications
-
-
86 
1,827 
(4,327)
-
(2,414) 
Disposals
-
-
(202)
(303)
(1,017)
-
(1,522)
Impairment
-
-
-
-
-
819 
819 
As at 31 October 2024
1,045 
7,281 
14,668 
2,696 
9,320 
819 
35,829 
Net book value:
As at 31 October 2024
1,210 
10,607 
9,865 
734 
16,919 
1,266 
40,601 
As at 31 October 2023
1,264 
11,900 
10,447 
987 
14,129 
-
38,727 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
101
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

17. Fixed Asset Investments
Cost
Joint Ventures
£000
Other unlisted 
investments
£000
Total
£000
At 1 November 2022
4,013 
88 
4,101 
Share of profit or investment income
673 
-
673 
Dividend distribution
(367)
-
(367)
At 31 October 2023
4,319 
88 
4,407 
Share of profit or investment income
574 
-
574 
Dividend distribution
(701)
-
(701)
Disposals
(23)
-
(23)
At 31 October 2024
4,169 
88 
4,257 
Provision for impairment:
-
-
-
At November 2022 and 31 October 2023 and 2024
-
-
-
Net book value at 31 October 2024
4,169 
88 
4,257 
Net book value at 31 October 2023
4,319 
88 
4,407 
18. Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures and Associates Subsidiaries
Subsidiary undertakings represent the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK:
Company name             
Proportion of shares
held (Ordinary) %
Nature of business
Registered office address
Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited
100
Holding company
West Quay, Glasson Dock, 
Lancaster, Lancs, LA2 0DB
Glasson Grain Limited
100
Feed and Fertiliser merchant
Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) Limited
100
Agricultural merchant
Eagle House, Llansantffraid
Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22
6AQ
Woodheads Seeds Limited
100
Dormant company
Youngs Animal Feeds Limited
100
Equine and pet products 
distributor
GrainLink Limited
100
Grain merchant
Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited
100
Dormant company
Humphrey Feeds Limited
100
Dormant company
Humphrey Pullets Limited
100
Dormant company
Wrekin Grain Limited
100
Dormant company
Eifionydd Farmers Limited
100
Dormant company
Shropshire Grain Limited
100
Dormant company
Welsh Feed Producers Limited
100
Dormant company
Tamar Milling Limited
100
Dormant company

Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
102
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc, with the exception of the following, which are direct 
subsidiaries of the respective following companies:
Wynnstay Agricultural (Supplies) Limited
Youngs Animal Feeds
Limited
Glasson Group
(Lancaster) Limited
Humphrey Poultry
(Holdings) Limited
Tamar Milling Limited
Eifionydd Farmers Limited
Glasson Grain Limited
Humphrey Feeds Limited
Humphrey Pullets Limited
Joint Ventures
Interests in joint ventures are represented by the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK:
Company name
Interest
Nature of business
Registered office address
Bibby Agriculture Limited
50% - Ordinary
Distribution of animal feeds
Montgomery Way, Carlisle, 
CA1 2UY Wyro
Developments Limited
50% - Ordinary
Property development
Eagle House, Llansantffraid 
Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22 
6AQ
Total Angling Limited (until July 2024)
50% - Ordinary
Retailer of angling products
Investments in the joint ventures listed above are all held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity 
method. The aggregate amounts of the Group’s share of joint venture assets and liabilities are:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Non-current assets
708 
687 
Current assets
4,057 
4,950 
Cash and cash equivalents
966 
679 
Current liabilities
(1,262)
(1,654)
Financial liabilities
(300)
(343)
Net Assets
4,169 
4,319 
The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of joint venture revenue and expenses not included in these financial statements are:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Revenue
22,438 
26,375 
Expenses
(21,663)
(25,488)
Net finance costs
(10)
(22)
The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of pre-tax profits included in these financial statements is:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Group’s share of Joint Ventures profit before tax
765 
865 
In the prior year, the group held a 50 per cent interest in Total Angling Limited and accounted for the investment as a joint venture. In 
August 2024, the group disposed of a 50 per cent interest in Total Angling Limited to a third party for proceeds of £100,000 (received in 
August 2024). This transaction has resulted in the recognition of a loss in profit or loss, calculated as follows:
2024
£000
Proceeds of disposal
100 
Less: carrying amount of investment on the date of sales
123 
Loss recognised on disposal
(23)
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
103
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Associate
The interest in associates is represented by the following limited company, which is incorporated in the UK
Company name
Interest
Nature of business
Registered office address
Celtic Pride Limited
33.3%
Production and marketing of 
premium Welsh beef
Castell Howell Foods Ltd, 
Celtic Pride Ltd Cross Hands 
Food Park, Cross Hands, 
Llanelli, Carmarthenshire, 
Wales, SA14 6SX
Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s associates are as follows:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Total assets
315
312
Total liabilities
(186)
(187)
Net assets
127
125
Group’s share of associates’ net assets
42
41
Total revenue
-
-
Profit for the period
-
-
Group’s share of associates’ profit before tax
-
For the purposes of consolidation, the following accounting periods have been used for each of the associated undertakings and joint 
ventures:
Company	
Accounting period
Wyro Developments Limited	
31 October 2024
Bibby Agriculture Limited	
31 August 2024
Total Angling Limited	
31 October 2024
Celtic Pride Limited	
31 January 2024 
Trading Transactions
During the year, the Group and Company entered into the following trading transactions with subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:
2024
£000
2023
£000
Transactions and balances with joint ventures
Amounts due from joint ventures:
Trade receivables
857
1,066
Loans
600
639
1,457
1,705
Trade payables
-
(33)
-
(33)
Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive income:
Revenue
10,031
10,737
Purchases
(105)
(176)
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
104
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

19. Inventories
2024
£000
2023
£000
Raw materials and consumables
8,179 
17,773 
Finished goods and goods for resale
34,009 
36,752 
Biological assets
1,140 
931 
43,328 
55,456 
Inventories are stated after:
Provision for impairment
385
330 
Inventories relating to acquisitions during the year (Note 35)
-
407 
Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £385,000 (2023: £330,000). During the period, the sum of £Nil (2023: £Nil) was 
charged to the provision for impairment. £Nil (2023: £407,000) of inventories included in the year end balances relate to the acquisition 
during the year. 
20. Trade and Other Receivables
2024
£000
2023
£000
Current:
Trade receivables, net of loss allowance
67,786
78,241 
Prepayments
2,097
2,049 
Other receivables
535
986 
70,418
81,276 
The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified at amortised cost approximates to their fair value. No receivables are pledged 
as collateral or sold to discounting or debt factoring services. 
The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for 
trade receivables. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables are grouped based on similar credit risk and 
aging.
The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three-year period prior to the period end. 
The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s 
customers. The Group has identified the gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rate and inflation rate as the key macroeconomic 
factors in the UK.
If the expected credit loss was to increase or decrease by 25 basis points across each category the impact on the income statement 
would be £197,000 (2023: £197,000) loss or gain, respectively.
The lifetime expected loss provision for trade receivables is as follows:
Current 
£000
More than 30 
days past due
£000
More than 60 
days past due
£000
More than 90 
days past due 
£000
Total
£000
31 October 2024
Gross carrying amount
58,750
4,630 
2,246 
2,672 
68,298
Loss provision
(24)
(27)
(10)
(451)
(512)
Trade receivables, net of loss allowance
58,726
4,603 
2,236 
2,221 
67,786
31 October 2023
Expected loss rate
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Gross carrying amount
53,219 
14,938 
5,218 
5,600 
78,975 
Loss provision
(36)
(26)
(48)
(624)
(734)
Trade receivables, net of loss allowance
53,183 
14,912 
5,170 
4,976 
78,241 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
105
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

21. Trade and Other Payables
2024
£000
2023
£000
Current
Trade payables
55,601
69,158 
Other payables
515 
1,454 
Accruals
2,605
3,777 
Other taxes and social security
711 
1,106 
Contingent consideration
67 
199 
59,499
75,694 
Non-Current:
Government grants
7 
9 
7 
9 
Total trade and other payables
59,506
75,703 
The carrying value of trade and other payables classified as financial liabilities is measured at amortised cost which approximates to fair 
value. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value.
22. Provisions
Total
£000
Balance as at 1 November 2022
345 
Utilised in the year
(152)
Utilised / reversed
(193)
At 31 October 2023
-
Utilised in the year
-
Utilised in year
-
Reversed in year
-
Charge for the year
1,199 
At 31 October 2024
1,199 
2024
£000
2023
£000
Decomissioning provision
658 
-
Redundancy and severance provision
366 
-
Dilapidations provision
175 
-
At 31 October
1,199 
-
The decommissioning, redundancy and dilapidations provisions relate to business reorganisation expenses and are expected to be settled 
in cash within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
106
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

23. Cash, Cash Equivalents, Borrowings And Lease Liabilities
2024
£000
2023
£000
Current
Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet
38,289 
31,055 
Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement
38,289 
31,055 
Bank and other loans due within one year or on demand:
Secured loans
(1,897)
(1,897)
Loan stock (unsecured)
(722)
(698)
Borrowings
(2,619)
(2,595)
Non-property leases
(2,450)
(2,658)
Property leases
(1,949)
(1,104)
Lease liabilities
(4,399)
(3,762)
Total current net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities
31,271 
24,698 
Non-Current:
Bank loans
(2,846)
(4,743)
Borrowings
(2,846)
(4,743)
Non-property leases
(3,179)
(2,049)
Property leases
(8,080)
(7,164)
Lease liabilities
(11,259)
(9,213)
Total non-current borrowings and lease liabilities
(14,105)
(13,956)
Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities
17,166 
10,742 
Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities, excluding property leases
27,195 
19,010 
Cash And Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are all non-restricted balances and are all cash at bank and held with HSBC UK Bank Plc, except for 
£2,771,000 (2023: £1,500,000) which is held at International FC Stones for wheat futures hedging purposes. HSBC UK Bank Plc’s credit 
rating per Moody’s for long-term deposits is Aa3 (2023: Aa3).
£690,000 of the cash and cash equivalent balances are denominated in foreign currencies, EUR (53%) and USD (47%) (2023: £1,820,000, 
in EUR (99%) and USD (1%). All other amounts are denominated in GBP and are at booked fair value.
Borrowings
Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by an unlimited composite guarantee of all the trading entities within the Group. The outstanding 
bank loan of £4,743,000 (2023: £6,640,000) is structured as a term facility with quarterly repayments of £474,250. Interest on this loan is 
1.75% over the daily SONIA rate up to the point of repayment.
Loan stock is redeemable at par at the option of the Company or the holder. Interest of 5% (2023: 3.7%) per annum is payable to the 
holders. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
107
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

24. Leases
Nature of leasing activities (in the capacity as lessee)
The Group leases a number of properties, certain items of plant and equipment and vehicles. The table below shows the number of leases 
at 31 October 2024.
Number of lease 
Contracts 
at November 
2023
Additions
Expired or 
Disposed
Number of
lease Contracts 
at October 
2024
Fixed 
Payment
Property leases
36 
12 
(8)
40 
- 
Plant and equipment leases
22 
4 
(3)
23 
- 
Vehicle leases
165 
62 
(53)
174 
1 
Total
223 
78 
(64)
237 
1 
Right-of-use assets
Land and 
buildings  
£000
Plant, 
machinery and 
motor vehicles
£000
Total
£000
At November 2023
8,065 
6,064 
14,129 
Additions
1,313 
3,642
4,954
Reclassifications
2,415 
(219)
2,196 
Reclassification to PPE Amortisation
(1,690)
(2,124)
(3,814)
Disposals
(543)
(4)
(547)
At 31 October 2024
9,559 
7,359 
16,919 
Lease liabilities
Land and 
buildings  
£000
Plant, 
machinery and 
motor vehicles
£000
Total
£000
At November 2023
8,268 
4,707 
12,975 
Additions
1,408 
3,641 
5,049 
Reclassifications
3,052 
-
3,052 
Interest expense
473 
403 
876 
Lease payments
(2,619)
(3,672)
(6,291)
Disposals
(552)
549 
(3)
At 31 October 2024
10,030 
5,628 
15,658 
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Short term lease expense
-
308 
Low value lease expense
-
15 
-
323 
Within 
one year
£000
One to 
two years
£000
Two to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Total
£000 
2024
4,399
3,397 
5,497 
2,365
15,658 
2023
3,762 
2,995 
3,695 
2,523 
12,975 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
108
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

25. Financial Instruments
Financial Risk Management Objectives And Policies
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies and whilst retaining 
ultimate responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the effective 
implementation of the objectives and policies to the Group’s finance function. The Board receives monthly reports from the Chief Financial 
Officer through which it reviews the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it 
sets. The overall objective of the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s 
competitiveness and flexibility.
The Group’s principal financial instruments (other than derivatives) comprise loans, cash and short-term deposits; the main purpose of 
these instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations; and additionally include trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables and lease liabilities.
The Group also enters derivative transactions, principally foreign exchange contracts and wheat futures contracts to manage commodity, 
price and currency risks arising from the Group’s operations.
The Group’s policy does not permit the use of derivatives for speculative purposes. However, some derivatives do not qualify for hedge 
accounting, or are specifically not designated as a hedge where gains and losses on the hedging instrument and the hedged item 
naturally offset in the Group’s income statement. Treasury operates on a centralised basis, where Derivatives are only used for economic 
hedging purposes and not as speculative investments and are classified as ‘held for trading’, other than designated and effective hedging 
instruments and are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period, otherwise they are classified as non-current.
(i) Principal financial instruments
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:
•	 Cash and cash equivalents
•	 Trade receivables
•	 Trade and other payables
•	 Borrowings
•	 Forward foreign currency contracts
•	 Wheat futures contracts
(ii) Financial instruments by category
Financial Assets
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet
38,289 
31,055 
Trade receivables, net of loss allowance
68,256 
78,241 
Loan to joint venture
600 
639 
Derivative financial instruments
63 
263 
107,208 
110,198 
Financial Liabilities
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Bank loans and other borrowings
5,465 
7,338 
Lease liabilities
15,658 
12,975 
Trade payables and other payables
52,472 
70,612 
Accruals
6,316 
3,777 
Deferred and contingent consideration
67 
199 
Derivative financial instruments
941 
440 
80,919 
95,341 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
109
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

25. Financial Instruments continued
iii) Financial instruments carrying value
Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and loans and borrowings.
Fair value
Amortised cost
Financial assets
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Trade receivables, net of loss allowance
-
-
68,256 
78,241 
Loan to joint venture
-
-
600 
639 
Derivative financial instruments
63 
263 
-
-
63 
263 
68,856 
78,880 
Fair value
Amortised cost
Financial liabilities
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Bank loans and other borrowings
-
-
5,465 
7,338 
Lease liabilities
-
-
15,658 
12,975 
Trade payables and other payables
-
-
52,472 
70,612 
Accruals
-
-
6,316 
3,777 
Contingent consideration
67 
199 
-
-
Derivative financial instruments
941 
440 
-
-
1,008 
639 
79,911 
94,702 
(iv) Derivative Financial instruments classification by type, level and non-current and current split
Derivative financial instruments specifically have been broken into their current and non-current component and by derivative instrument 
type under hedge accounting and fair value through profit and loss.
Fair value
Current
Non-Current
Current
Non-Current
Asset derivative financial instruments:
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2024
£000  
2023
£000
2023  
£000  
Forward FX contracts - designated cash flow hedge instruments
52 
209 
52 
-
209 
-
Wheat futures contracts - fair value through profit or loss
10 
54 
-
10 
-
54 
62 
263 
52 
10 
209 
54 
Fair value
Current
Non-Current
Current
Non-Current
Liability derivative financial instruments
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2024
£000  
2023
£000
2023  
£000  
Forward FX contracts - designated cash flow hedge instruments
-
-
-
-
-
-
Wheat futures contracts - designated cash flow hedge instruments
-
12 
-
-
12 
-
Wheat futures contracts - fair value through profit or loss
941 
428 
940 
1 
420 
8 
941 
440 
940 
1 
432 
8 
The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs related to determining the fair value of derivatives (level 1) and deferred and 
contingent consideration which is classified at level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, where the valuation techniques are explained in the table 
below.
Financial instrument
Valuation techniques used
Significant unobservable inputs 
(level 3 only)
Inter-relationship between key unobservable 
inputs and fair value (level 3 only)
Forward foreign exchange contracts
Spot price at reporting date 
including forward swap points 
based off the appropriate interest 
rate curve over 12 months
Not applicable
Not applicable
Wheat futures contracts
Market prices published by ICE 
Futures Europe, MIC Code: IFLX
Not applicable
Not applicable
Contingent consideration
Realisation of net assets on 
completion and target earnings
Management accounts information
Any adjustments to net assets or 
profitability of management accounts
The fair value hierarchy of financial instruments measured at fair value is provided below. There were no transfers between levels during the 
period.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
110
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Financial assets
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Derivative financial assets (designated hedging instruments)
52 
209 
-
-
-
-
Derivative financial assets (fair value through profit or loss)
10 
54 
-
-
-
-
62 
263 
-
-
-
-
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Financial liabilities
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Derivative financial assets (designated hedging instruments)
-
12 
-
-
-
-
Derivative financial assets (fair value through profit or loss)
941 
428 
-
-
-
-
Contingent consideration
-
-
-
-
67 
199 
941 
440 
-
-
67 
199 
The reconciliation of the opening and closing fair value balance of level 3 financial instruments is provided below:
Contingent consideration
£000
As at 31 October 2022
2,099 
Payments of contingent consideration in year
(1,095)
Acquisition account adjustment
(905)
New contingent consideration in year
100 
As at 31 October 2023
199 
Reduced contingent consideration in year 
(99)
Payments of contingent consideration in year
(33)
At at 31 October 2024
67 
The sensitivity analysis of a reasonably possible change in one significant unobservable input, holding all other inputs constant within level 
3 financial instruments is not provided as the item above only has one input as described in the valuation table.
Hedging strategy
The objective of Wynnstay’s Treasury activity is to minimise the post-tax net cost of financial operations and reduce its volatility to benefit 
earnings and cash flows. The Group uses few financial instruments to finance its operations, with derivative financial instruments used 
to manage market risks from these operations. Derivatives principally comprise of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures 
contracts. These financial instruments reduce the uncertainty of foreign currency transactions and wheat price movements.
Derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes in relation to underlying business activities and not as trading or speculative 
instruments.
Hedge ratios are monitored on a monthly basis at Board level in line with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures where the 
hedged item exposure is hedged with derivatives within a 90% to 100% range.
The main source of hedge ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the effect of the counterparty and the Group’s own credit 
risk on the fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts, which is not reflected in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to 
changes in foreign exchange rates and ineffectiveness, including timing differences between the cash flows of the hedged item and the 
hedging instruments.
Foreign Exchange Contracts and Wheat Futures designated under cash flow hedges
During 2024, the Group entered into forward foreign exchange contracts which have been designated as cash flow hedges. These 
were entered into to hedge the foreign exchange exposure arising on cash flows from Euro and USD denominated physical commodity 
purchase transactions. The Group manages its cash flow wheat price risk by entering into offsetting futures contracts on the ICE Futures 
Europe market.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
111
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

25. Financial Instruments continued
The notional value of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures is the absolute total of outstanding positions at the balance 
sheet date. Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship and through periodic prospective effectiveness 
assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. The Group enters 
into hedge relationships where the critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item, and so a 
qualitative assessment of effectiveness is performed. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical 
terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to 
assess effectiveness. Sensitivity analysis impacts for both 2024 and 2023 was not material.
During the year, total hedge ineffectiveness arising from forward foreign exchange contracts amounted to £77,000 (2023: £50,000) at the 
balance sheet date.
Hedge Type
Hedging Instrument
Hedged Item
Nominal 
Value £000
Average contracted 
derivatives prices
Maturing
Cash flow hedge
Forward FX GBP/EUR
Physical grains & fertilisers
7,962
GBP/EUR 1.1848
Group Qrt 1, 2 & 3 2025
Cash flow hedge
Forward FX GBP/USD
Physical grains & fertilisers
2,001
GBP/USD 1.2946
Group Qrt 1 to Qrt 2, 2025
Cash flow hedge
UK Feed Wheat 
futures contract - IFLX
Physical Wheat
1,060
£196.33
Group Qrt 3, 2025
11,023
The amounts recognised in the hedging reserve and recycled to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (SoCI) are shown below:
Amounts reclassified to SoCI
2024
Hedging 
gains/ (losses)
recognised in
OCI reserves
£000
Hedge cost/
ineffectiveness
recognised in
P&L
£000
 Line item in
SoCI where
hedge
ineffectiveness
is included
Hedged future 
cash flows no 
longer
expected to
occur
£000
As hedged 
item affects
SoCI
£000
 
Line item in which 
reclass
adjustment
is included
Cash flow hedges:
Variability in cash flow- Wheat futures
(17)
-
(29)
Variability in cash flow- Forward FX
64
77
Cost of sales
156
Cost of sales
47
77
Cost of sales
127
Cost of sales
2023
Cash flow hedges:
Vulnerability in cash flow - Wheat futures
(12)  
-
Cost of sales
-
(235)
Cost of sales
Variability in cash flow-Wheat futures Forward FX
150
50 
Cost of sales  
-
152
Cost of sales
                 
138
50
-
(83)
Set-off of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets where there 
is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and 
settle the liability simultaneously. According to the enforceable master netting agreements with the financial counterparties, in the event 
of default, derivative financial instruments with the same counterparty can be net settled. In the event of default, subject to payment 
enforcements £Nil (2023: £Nil) of assets and liabilities, respectively of the derivative financial instruments are subject to right for offsetting, 
under ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association) agreements.
There were no other material amounts offset in the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets or associated with enforceable master 
netting agreements.
2024
2023
Gross and net presentation of derivatives
Gross
Position
£000
Right of offset 
to net settle
£000  
Balance Sheet 
Net Position
£000
Gross
Position
£000  
Right of offset 
to net settle
£000
      Balance 
Sheet
Net Position 
£000  
Asset derivative financial instruments
62 
-
62 
263 
-
263 
Liability derivative financial instruments
941 
-
941 
440 
-
440 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
112
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Risk Management Objectives, Policies And Processes
The main risks arising for the Group are credit risk, foreign currency, commodity price risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and capital 
management risk. The Board approves prudent treasury policies for managing each of the risks which are summarised below:
i) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investment securities. A significant proportion of the 
Group’s trade is conducted on credit terms and as such a risk of non-payment is potentially always present.
Detailed credit approval before initial supply, the operation of credit limits and active credit control monitoring and policy, help to minimise 
the incidence of bad debt risk. The Group’s grain trading activities is exposed to substantial customer credit limits and to assist in 
mitigating such riskier limits, a credit insurance policy is put in place to provide partial cover against default by customers.
The overdue accounts are reviewed monthly at divisional management meetings to mitigate exposure to credit risk and make provisions 
accordingly. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the Group’s diverse customer base being large 
and unrelated.
ii) Foreign currency risk
The main currency related risk to the Group comes from the forward purchasing of imported raw materials for use in our Fertiliser and Seed 
division. 
This risk is managed by entering into forward foreign exchange contracts to coincide at the same time as when the underlying transaction 
is priced and agreed for future delivery. The fair value of the contracts was £38,000 as an asset and £51,000 as a liability with a net liability 
of £13,000 (2023: £209,000 asset) with the principal nominal amounts of the forward purchased currency, based in sterling of £11,023,000 
(2023: £17,434,000). 
The Group is primarily exposed to foreign exchange risk in relation to Sterling against movements in US Dollar and Euro. Foreign exchange 
risk arises from the translation of financial assets and liabilities that are not in the functional currency of the entity that holds them. Based 
upon the carrying value of the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as at 31 October 2024 and 31 
October 2023, the exposure is minimal.
iii) Commodity market risk
Whilst the Group does not speculate in commodity trading, it does have to make significant forward purchases of certain raw materials, 
particularly for use within its animal feed manufacturing operations. Position reporting systems and controls are in place to ensure the 
Board is informed of exposure level via the Treasury Management Committee on a regular basis, where the hedging of wheat contracts via 
a commodities broker is transacted on the Inter-Continental Exchange (ICE) futures market to manage commercial pricing decisions and 
prevent margin erosion.
If the ICE futures price quoted in pounds sterling was to increase or decrease by £1 on all contracts at the same time, with all other 
variables held constant, this would result in a £68,000 gain or loss (2023: £79,000), as at the year-end, which would feature either through 
FVPL or other comprehensive income. As at 31 October 2023, the ICE futures market open liability reflected in the Group’s financial 
statements amounted to £816,000 (2023: £387,000 liability).
iv) Interest rate risk
The Group’s debt terms, historically have generally been floating rate interest. The Board will periodically consider the option to fix interest 
rates attached to such variable rate debt through utilising interest rate swaps. However, where possible fixed rate term asset finance is 
used for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.
The Group raises borrowings in sterling only. During the year the Company repaid debt borrowings of £1,897,000 (2023; £2,371,000).
At 31 October 2024, if interest rates had been 150 basis points higher or lower with all other variables held constant, profit after tax and 
net assets would have been £258,000 (2023: £192,000) lower or higher, respectively mainly as a result of higher/ lower interest expense 
on sterling floating rate borrowings. The directors consider that 150 basis points increase is the maximum likely change in sterling interest 
rates over the next year, being the period up to the next point at which the Group expects to make these disclosures.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
113
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

25. Financial Instruments continued
v) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group has overdraft and 
revolving credit facilities in place of £10.5m and £10.0m respectively (2023: £10.5m and £3.0m) to manage liquidity needs. The overdraft 
facility is renewable in February 2027, priced at 1.75% over base rate and the revolving credit facility is committed to June 2025, priced at 
1.6% over SONIA and the Board believes these are adequate to provide prudent liquidity management.
The Board regularly receives monthly cash flow projections as well as information regarding net cash/(debt), where these monthly 
projections have indicated that the Group is expected to have sufficient liquid resources to meet its obligations under all reasonably 
expected circumstances. Refer to note 23 on net cash position.
The following table analyses the Group and Company’s financial liabilities that will be settled on a net basis, where there is legal and 
constructive obligation to do so, based on agreed contractual settlement dates, as shown within time buckets in the table below. Interest 
projections for both bank loans and other borrowings and lease liabilities, have been calculated using the future effective rate of interest 
applicable to each instrument type and then discounted using the appropriate UK gilt rate to derive the present value of interest. 
2024
2023
Total
£000
Within 
one year
£000
One to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Total
£000
Within 
one year
£000
One to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Bank loans and other borrowings
5,465 
2,619 
2,846 
-
7,338 
2,595 
4,743 
-
Bank loans and other borrowings - interest 
projections
396 
276 
120 
-
617 
130 
487 
-
Lease Liabilities
15,658
4,399 
8,895
2,364 
12,975 
3,763 
6,689 
2,523 
Lease Liabilities – interest projections
2,627 
483 
2,010 
134 
2,350 
258 
1,833 
259 
Derivatives
941 
940 
1 
-
440 
432 
8 
-
Trade payables and other payables
52,472 
52,472 
-
-
70,612 
70,612 
-
-
Accruals
6,316 
6,316 
-
-
3,777 
3,777 
-
-
Contingent consideration
67 
34 
34 
-
199 
199 
-
-
Payments of contingent consideration in year
83,942
67,539 
13,904 
2,498 
98,308 
81,766 
13,760 
2,782 
vi) Capital management risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns and benefits to shareholders’ whilst principally maintaining an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. In order to 
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group adjusts the amount of dividends to, or to be paid to shareholders’, the return of equity 
capital to shareholders’, the issuance of new shares (that could also possibly take the form of bonus script ordinary shares), the disposal of 
cash generative assets to settle the Group’s debt exposure.
The Group monitors its gearing ratio for the purpose of capital management. This ratio is calculated as net cash/(debt) divided by total 
equity. Net cash/ (debt) is calculated as cash and cash equivalents less total borrowings (both current and non-current borrowings) and 
lease liabilities. Total equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Cash and cash equivalents
38,289 
31,055 
Loans and borrowings
(5,465)
(7,338)
Lease liabilities
(15,658)
(12,975)
Net cash
17,166 
10,742 
Total equity
134,259 
135,231 
Net cash to equity ratio (%)
12.8%
7.9%
The Group monitors cash balances and net cash / (debt) on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and 
that it is compliant with banking covenants, where relevant.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
114
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

26. Deferred Taxation
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
As at 1 November 2023
2,213
1,680 
Business combination (see note 35)
-
155 
Charge for the year in Statement of Income
805 
395
Charge for the year in Statement of Changes in Equity
(24)
(17)
2,994
2,213
The provision for deferred taxation is made up as follows:
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Accelerated capital allowances
1,616 
811
Other temporary and deductible differences
1,378
1,402
2,994
2,213
A deferred tax asset has not been recognised at Group or Company level in respect of the movement in fair value on an investment 
property (see Note 15) as there is uncertainty as to whether an expected future capital gain will crystallise to offset the capital loss.
27. Share Capital
2024
No. of 
shares
000
2024
Nominal 
Value
£000
2023
No. of 
shares
000
2023
Nominal
Value
£000
Authorised
40,000 
10,000 
40,000 
10,000 
Ordinary shares of 25p each:
Allotted, called up and fully paid
23,128 
5,782 
22,955 
5,739 
Ordinary shares of 25p each:
During the year 140,780 shares (2023: 111,181) were issued with an aggregate nominal value of £35,000 (2023: £28,000) and were fully 
paid up for equivalent cash of £487,000 (2023: £474,000) to shareholders exercising their right to receive dividends under the Company’s 
dividend scrip scheme. A further 31,487 (2023: 503,534) shares with a nominal value of £8,000 (2023: £126,000) were issued for an 
equivalent cash value of £96,000 (2023: £997,000), with 31,487 (2023: 503,534) shares being to satisfy the exercise of employee options. 
None of the employee shares, (2023: 141,766) were the result of the exercise of nil cost options under the Company’s Performance Share 
Plan.
28. Other Reserves
The merger reserve represents non-distributable reserves arising on the merger of Wynnstay Farmers Association and Montgomeryshire 
Farmers Association in 1955, the society becoming Wynnstay and Montgomeryshire Farmers Limited in 1963.
The asset surplus reserve represents a non-distributable reserve arising on the acquisition of the remaining 50% of the share capital in 
Wesh Feed Producers Limited in 2008.
The own shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Wynnstay Group Plc purchased in the market and held by the employee share 
ownership trust (ESOP).
The shares are held to satisfy obligations under the Group’s share option schemes and are recognised at cost.
Merger 
reserve
£000
Asset surplus 
reserve
£000
Own shares 
reserve
£000
Total other 
reserves
£000
At 1 November 2022
1,582 
169 
(10)
1,741 
Own shares acquired by ESOP trust
(225)
(225)
At 31 October 2023
1,582 
169 
(235)
1,516 
Transfer
-
-
(24)
(24)
At 31 October 2024
1,582 
169 
(259)
1,492 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
115
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

29. Share-Based Payments
The Group has three types of share-based payment schemes in operation at 31 October 2024. The executive directors and certain 
employees participate in a performance share plan (PSP) under which the vesting of all awards made under the PSP is subject to an 
earnings per share (“EPS”) and Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) growth target measured against average annual increases over a 
three-year period.
Certain senior employees participate in the discretionary Approved Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). Such schemes have no 
performance criteria attached to their operation.
All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the Save As You Earn plan. The scheme does not have any performance 
criteria attached to its operation.
The following options were exercised, lapsed and outstanding at the year end:
Exercise Price 
per share £
Exercisable by
As at
1 November
2023
£000
(Exercised)/ 
Issued in year
£000
Lapsed 
in year
£000
As at
31 October
2024
£000
Discretionary Share Option Schemes
CSOP Granted October 2014
£5.48
Oct 2017 - Oct 2024
95,425 
(95,425)
-
CSOP Granted April 2021
£4.63
Apr 2024 - Apr 2031
136,000 
(12,000)
124,000 
PSP Granted April 2021
Nil Cost
Oct 2025 - Apr 2031
139,311 
(37,767)
101,544 
PSP Granted February 2024
Nil Cost
Oct 2026 - Feb 2034
-
285,036 
(74,198)
210,838 
370,736 
285,036 
(219,390)
436,382 
Savings Related Options Schemes
Granted September 2018
£4.00
Oct 2023 - Mar 2024
104,970 
(7,500)
(97,470)
-
Granted August 2020
£2.75
Sep 2023 - Feb 2024
25,036 
(23,917)
(1,119)
-
Granted August 2022
£5.50
Sep 2025 - Feb 2026
122,078 
(54,907)
67,171 
Granted March 2024
£3.20
Apr 2027 - Oct 2027
-
150,506 
(11,446)
139,060 
252,084 
119,089 
(164,942)
206,231 
622,820 
404,125 
(384,332)
642,613 
During the year nil (2023: 141,766) Discretionary Share Options and 31,417 (2023: 362,443) Savings Related Options were exercised 
and satisfied by the allotment of 31,417 (2023: 503,534) new shares by the Company and the transfer of 44,918 (2023: 675) existing 
shares from the Group’s ESOP Trust. The other changes in the number of Discretionary and Savings Related Options relate to members 
withdrawing from the scheme by leaving employment, exercise conditions not being met or by employees closing their savings contracts.
During the period 285,036 new options were granted to certain executives under the terms of the Group’s Performance Share Plan 
(2023:139,311), and 150,506 options were granted under a SAYE scheme to all eligible employees (2023: nil).
The weighted average market share price at the time of exercise of options exercised during the year was £3.11 (2023: £4.46).
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
116
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Fair Value of Options
During the year, the Group charged £309,000 (2023: £258,000) of share based remuneration cost to its Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income based on a movement in the fair value of outstanding options granted after October 2014. The fair value of these 
options were estimated by using the Black Scholes option pricing model, and for the new options granted during the year, the following 
assumptions were used:
Weighted average assumptions                       
2024
£000 
2024
£000 
2023
£000
Scheme
Savings Related
Discretionary
Discretionary 
Share price at year end
£3.18
£3.18
£3.83
Average share price
£3.62
£3.62
£4.87
Weighted average exercise price
£3.20
£Nil
£Nil
Expected volatility
31.79%
29.64%
24.55%
Weighted average remaining contractual life
3.00 years
2.00 years
2.00 years
Number of options
150,506 
285,036 
139,311 
Risk free interest rate at inception
3.25%
3.07%
4.00%
The expected volatility used was the standard deviation of the daily share price over the previous year and the risk fee interest rate was 
based on bank base rate at the inception of each scheme.
30. Capital Commitments
At 31 October 2024 the Group and Company had capital commitments as follows:
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in the financial statements
337 
635 
31. Pension Commitments
The Group currently operates three defined contribution pension schemes which are administered on separate bases to the Group’s trade. 
The pension and other associated costs charge for the year £2,004,000 (2023: £1,401,000). The liability owed to the pension schemes at 
31 October 2024 was £229,000 (2023: £197,000).
32. Employee Share Ownership Trust
The Company operates an employee share ownership trust (ESOP). As at 31 October 2024, 82,104 ordinary 25p shares (2023: 127,022 
ordinary 25p shares) were held by the trust with an aggregate market value at the year end of £260,680 (2023: £485,860). The assets, 
liabilities, income and costs of the ESOP are incorporated into the financial statements of the Group.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
117
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

33. Related Party Transactions
The Board confirms that they consider the Directors of the Company to be the only key management personnel. During the year sales 
and purchases took place between the Group and a number of its directors. All transactions were carried out on an arm’s length basis. 
Directors and their remuneration is disclosed within the Director’s Remuneration disclosure (note 9).
Total sales
Balance outstanding
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Related Parties
Gareth Davies
2 
1 
-
-
Steve Ellwood
-
-
-
-
Howell Richards as a director of Cwrtmalle Ltd
5,792 
6,018 
2,002 
1,725 
Paul Roberts
1 
1 
-
-
Catherine Bradshaw
-
-
-
-
Steven Esom
-
-
-
-
Rob Thomas
-
-
-
-
Alk Brand
-
-
-
-
5,795 
6,020 
2,002 
1,725 
During the year Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group:
Total sales
Balance outstanding
Group
2024
£000
2023
£000  
2024
£000
2023  
£000  
Purchases from Niab, a company of which S J Ellwood is a director
5 
62 
-
2 
5 
62 
-
2 
34. Cash Generated from Operations
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Profit for the year from operations
2,789
6,927
Adjustments for:
Taxation
1,308 
1,776
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
2,276
2,312 
Amortisation of right-of use-assets
3,825
4,189 
Amortisation of intangible assets
234 
210 
Profit on disposal of tangible fixed assets
(236)
(121)
Loss on disposal of right of use assets
-
2 
Loss on disposal on joint venture
23 
-
Impairment of fixed asset
819 
-
ESOP Trust revaluation
-
(31)
Derivative held at FVPL
347
809 
Hedge ineffectiveness
77 
(50)
Government grants
(2)
(2)
Net movement in provisions
1,199 
(345)
Interest on lease liabilities
1,004 
464 
Net interest expense
71 
294 
Share of post-tax results of joint ventures
(574)
(673)
Share-based payments
309 
258 
Changes in working capital (excluding effects of acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries):
Decrease in inventories
12,128 
16,592 
Decrease in trade and other receivables
10,363 
16,360 
Decrease in trade and other payables
(15,199)
(28,700)
Cash generated from operations
20,761
20,271 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
118
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

35. Reconciliation of Liabilities from Financing
Liabilities from Financing
Non-Current
£000
Current
£000
Total
£000 
As at 31 October 2022
10,639 
6,387 
17,026 
Cash-flows:
Receipt of borrowings
-
26 
26 
Repayments of borrowings
-
(2,371)
(2,371)
Business combination
140 
313 
453 
Payments of lease liabilities
-
(5,042)
(5,042)
Non-cash flows:
Lease movements
5,074 
5,147 
10,221 
Loans and borrowings reclassified
(1,897)
1,897 
-
As at 31 October '2023
13,956 
6,357 
20,313 
Cash-flows:
Additional loan stock
-
23 
23 
Repayments of borrowings
-
(1,897)
(1,897)
Payments of lease liabilities
-
(6,290)
(6,290)
Non-cash flows:
Lease movements
2,045 
6,929 
8,974 
Loans and borrowings reclassified
(1,897)
1,897 
-
As at 31 October 2024
14,104 
7,019 
21,123 
2024
Non-Current
£000
Current
£000 
Total
£000 
Lease Liabilities
11,258 
4,400 
15,658 
Loan Stocks
722 
722 
Borrowings
2,846 
1,897 
4,743 
14,104 
7,019 
21,123 
2023
Lease Liabilities
9,213 
3,762 
12,975 
Loan Stocks
-
698 
698 
Borrowings
4,743 
1,897 
6,640 
13,956 
6,357 
20,313 
36. Restatement of prior year
Change in accounting policy
The Group changed its accounting policy for share-based payments such that the value of shares that have exercised, lapsed or forfeit is 
now credited to Retained earnings as opposed to remaining within the Share-based payment reserve. The change in accounting policy had 
no impact upon the Group Income Statement, Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Statement of Cash Flows, net assets of 
the Group, or the Group distributable reserves. The change in accounting policy enables the readers of the financial statements to identify 
the cumulative value of share-based payments that are still to be exercised, lapse or forfeit. The impact of the change in accounting policy 
is detailed in the Group Statement of Changes in Equity. There is no change to basic and diluted earnings per share arising from the 
change in accounting policy.
The impact on the consolidated balance sheets at 31 October 2023 and 31 October 2022 is as follows:
2023 
(as reported)
£000
Change in 
accounting policy
£000
2023 
(as restated)
£000
Share based payment reserve
-
1,287 
1,287 
Cash flow hedge reserve
-
103 
103 
Other reserves
4,080 
(2,564)
1,516 
Retained earnings
81,930 
1,174 
83,104
Total equity
135,231 
-
135,231
2022 
(as reported)
£000
Change in 
accounting policy
£000
2022 
(as restated)
£000
Share based payment reserve
-
1,261
1,261
Cash flow hedge reserve
-
137
137
Other reserves
4,267
(2,526)
1,741
Retained earnings
78,719
1,128
79,847
Total equity
130,701
-
130,701
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
119
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Note
2024
£000
2023
restated*
£000
2022
restated*
£000
Non-Current Assets
Investment property
2 
1,850 
1,850 
1,850 
Property plant & equipment
3 
9,626 
9,870 
9,333 
Right-of-use assets
3, 9
-
543 
-
Investment in subsidiaries
4 
54,203 
54,203 
55,108 
Investments
4 
91 
191 
191 
65,770 
66,657 
66,482 
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
7 
82 
-
9 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
5
10,107 
3,629 
2,109 
Loans to joint ventures
6
600 
639 
1,067 
Current tax asset
7
90 
23 
102 
Cash and cash equivalents
8 
6 
7,312 
10,919 
10,885 
11,603 
14,206 
Total Assets
76,655 
78,260 
80,688 
Current Liabilities
Borrowings
9
(2,619)
(2,595)
(3,043)
Lease liabilities
10
-
(102)
-
Trade and other payables
8
(374)
(306)
(2,722)
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
8
-
(423)
(59)
(2,993)
(3,426)
(5,824)
Net Current Assets
7,892 
8,177 
8,382 
Non-Current Liabilities
Borrowings
8 
(2,846)
(4,743)
(6,640)
Lease liabilities
9 
-
(450)
-
(2,846)
(5,193)
(6,640)
Total Liabilities
(5,839)
(8,619)
(12,464)
Net Assets
70,816 
69,641 
68,224 
Equity
Share capital
12
5,782 
5,739 
5,585 
Share premium
44,022 
43,482 
42,130 
Share-based payments*
506
1,287 
1,261 
Other reserves*
13
1,347 
1,347 
1,572 
Retained Earnings
19,159
17,786 
17,676 
Total Equity
70,816 
69,641 
68,224 
* See note 36 of the Group accounts for details regarding the restatement as a result of a change in accounting policy.
The Company generated profit after tax of £4,278,000 (2023: £3,781,000).
The financial statements on pages 120 - 131 were approved by the Board of Directors on 10 February 2025 and signed on its behalf by
Rob Thomas 
Chief Financial Officer
Steve Ellwood
Chairman
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
120
 
Company Balance Sheet
As At 31 October 2024
Registered Number 2704051
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Share
capital
£000
Share
premium
account
£000
Share
based
payments
£000
Other
reserves
£000
Retained
earnings
£000
Total
£000
As at 31 October 2022 as originally presented
5,585 
42,130 
-
3,961 
16,548 
68,224 
Change in accounting policy
1,261 
(2,389)
1,128 
-
Total equity at the beginning of the financial year (restated*)
5,585 
42,130 
1,261 
1,572 
17,676 
68,224 
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
3,781 
3,781 
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
-
3,781 
3,781 
Transactions with owners of the Company; recognised directly in equity:
Shares issued during the year
154 
1,352 
-
-
-
1,506 
Dividends
-
-
-
-
(3,868)
(3,868)
Own shares acquired by ESOP trust
-
-
-
(225)
-
(225)
Equity settled share-based payment transactions
-
-
258 
-
-
258 
Recycle of equity remuneration reserves
-
-
(232)
-
197 
(35)
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company
154 
1,352 
26 
(225)
(3,671)
(2,364)
As at 31 October 2023
5,739 
43,482 
1,287 
1,347 
17,786 
69,641 
Profit for the year
-
-
-
-
4,278 
4,278 
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-
-
-
4,278 
4,278 
Transactions with owners of the Company; recognised directly in equity:
Shares issued during the year
43 
540 
-
-
-
583 
Exercise, lapse or forfeit of share-based payments
-
-
(1,090)
-
1,090
-
Dividends
-
-
-
-
(3,995)
(3,995)
Equity settled share-based payment transactions
-
-
309 
-
-
309 
Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company
43 
540 
(781)
-
(2,905)
(3,103)
As at 31 October 2024
5,782 
44,022 
506
1,347 
19,159
70,816 
See note 36 of the Group accounts for details regarding the restatement as a result of a change in accounting policy. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
121
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
As At 31 October 2024
Registered Number 2704051
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Note
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash used in operations
15 
(6,719)
(827)
Interest received
80 
158 
Interest paid
(410)
(515)
Net cash used in operating activities
(7,049)
(1,184)
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
-
(1,038)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(287)
-
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired
-
(1,095)
Receipt of repayment of short term loans to joint ventures
38 
428 
Payment of short term loan to ESOP trust
-
(195)
Dividends received from joint ventures 
601 
367 
Dividends received from subsidiaries
4,700 
3,950 
Net cash generated by investing activities
5,052 
2,417 
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital
12
583 
1,471 
Proceeds from new loans
 
-
26 
Lease payments
10
-
(98)
Repayment of borrowings
(1,897)
(2,371)
Dividends paid to shareholders
17
(3,995)
(3,868)
Net cash used in financing activities
(5,309)
(4,840)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(7,306)
(3,607)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
7,312 
10,919 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
9
6 
7,312 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
122
 
Company Cashflow Statement
For the year ended 31 October 2024
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

General Information
Wynnstay Group Plc is a company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The address of its registered office is Eagle House, 
Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ. The Company has its listing on AIM, part of the London Stock Exchange.
Accounting Policies
The Company’s material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below.
Basis of Preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards. The 
Company’s financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention other than certain assets which are at deemed 
cost under the transition rules, and certain financial instruments which are explained in the relevant section below. A summary of the 
material Company’s accounting policies is set out below, and these have been applied consistently.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with UK adopted International Accounting Standards requires the use of certain 
critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on 
management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates.
The Company has taken advantage of the audit exemption available under section 479(A) of the Companies Act 2006 for five of its 
subsidiaries, Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited (company number 03230345), Youngs Animal Feeds Limited (company number 
04128486), Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited (company number 13882065), Humphrey Feeds Limited (company number 00884405) 
and Humphrey Pullets Limited (company number 06780228). The Company has provided parent guarantees to these subsidiaries which 
have taken advantage of the exemption from audit.
Change In Accounting Policy
The Group changed its accounting policy for share-based payments such that the value of shares that have exercised, lapsed or forfeit is 
now credited to Retained earnings as opposed to remaining within the Share-based payment reserve.
The change in accounting policy had no impact upon the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Balance Sheet, Group 
Statement of Cash Flows, net assets of the Group, or the Group distributable reserves. The change in accounting policy enables the 
readers of the financial statements to identify the cumulative value of share-based payments that are still to be exercised, lapsed or forfeit.
The impact of the change in accounting policy is detailed in note 36 of the Group accounts.
There is no change to basic and diluted earnings per share arising from the change in accounting policy.
Going Concern
As part of their normal year end processes the Board have reviewed commercial plans and budgets for the new financial year, together 
with assessing the principal identified risks and uncertainties for the Group. Detailed cashflow projections have been prepared and 
considered against available funding sources, which at the year-end included net cash of £17.12m, plus £10m of undrawn revolving credit 
facilities and £10.5m of unused overdraft facilities with HSBC Bank UK Plc (HSBC).
In May 2024 an RCF facility of £10m with a £5m accordion, was renewed with HSBC Bank UK Plc (HSBC) and committed to 28 February 
2027. The facility was undrawn at 31 October 2024 and in addition, the Group has £10.5m unused overdraft facilities and net cash 
(including IFRS 16 leases) of £17.16m at the year end.
Detailed cash flow projections have been prepared and considered against these available funding sources and substantial headroom is 
available to fund the continuing development of the Group. The Directors have therefore concluded that they have reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate financial resources to support the operational requirements of the business for the foreseeable future, and 
that it is appropriate to continue adopting the going concern concept in the preparation of financial statements.
In conclusion, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Impairment of Non-Financial Assets
At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is any indication that a non-financial asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Company makes an estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds 
its recoverable amount the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use and is considered for each individual asset. If the asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent of 
those from other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. 
Discount rates reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of money are used for the value in use calculation.
Investment in Subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less any provision for impairment.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
123
 
Material Accounting Policies
For the year ended 31 October 2024
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Investment Property
Investment property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, is initially measured at cost and subsequently stated at fair value at 
the reporting date, as determined by the directors and is periodically supported by external valuers. Gains or losses arising from changes 
in the fair value of investment property are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.
Gains or losses on disposal of an investment property are recognised in the income statement on the unconditional completion of the sale.
Property, Plant And Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment losses. Depreciation is 
provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of fixed assets over their expected useful lives as follows:
•	 freehold property 2.5% - 5% per annum straight line;
•	 leasehold land and building and right of use assets is over the period of the lease.
If the expenditure provides incremental future benefits so that it improves the earning capacity or extends the life of the non-current asset 
beyond its originally intended useful economic life, then it is treated as capital expenditure. This is usually the case with non-climate 
compliant assets where the Company seeks to modify appropriate assets where possible as it works towards its zero-carbon footprint 
commitment which is detailed in the strategic report. Climate uncertainty does not have a material impact on the assessment of useful 
lives as the assets are considered to be fit for purpose over the assessed useful economic lives with reasonable repairs and maintenance. 
The impact of historical climate related incidents indicates that any financial impact on physical assets, including adapting them for use is 
addressed by our existing capital programme. Major renovations are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset or to the 
date of the next major renovation, whichever is sooner. Gains and losses on disposals are calculated by comparing proceeds with carrying 
amount and are included in the income statement.
Amounts Owed by Subsidiary Undertaking and Loans to Joint Ventures
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings and loans to joint ventures are recongised initially at the amount of lending that is unconditional. 
The Company holds amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows so they are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance. 
Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when receivables are derecognised or impaired.
The Company uses a model to calculate expected credit losses (ECL). The provision is calculated by reviewing the lifetime expected credit 
losses using both historic and forward looking data. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as being remote
Trade and Other Payables and Amounts Owed to Subsidiary Undertakings
Trade and other payables are initially recorded at their fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost.
Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are initially recorded at fair value, net of attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost with any difference between proceeds and redemption value being 
recognised in the Company Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest 
basis.
Prepaid fees in relation to issuance of debt are held on the Balance Sheet on the basis that such issuance is considered probable. If issues 
do not occur, or are deemed not to be probable, such fees are recognised in the income statement.
Financial guarantees
Where composite financial guarantees (not within the definition of IFRS 9) over the general bank obligations of subsidiaries for debt 
instruments held at amortised cost exist, such balances are netted in Balance Sheet.
Cash And Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of the Balance Sheet, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, cash in hand, money market funds and short- 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. For the Consolidated and Company statement of cash flows, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
Leases
The Company as a lessee, accounts for all leases by recognising a right- of-use asset and a lease liability. At inception, the Company 
assesses whether the contract contains a lease or is a lease. A lease is determined when the contract conveys the right to control an 
identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company recognises a right-of- use asset and a corresponding 
lease liability for all lease agreements in which the Company is the lessee at the lease commencement date.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
124
 
Material Accounting Policies - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial lease liability adjusted for any lease payment made at or 
before the commencement date, plus any indirect initial costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying 
asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.
The right-of-use assets are then subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method or reducing balance method from the 
commencement date to the earlier of the lease term or useful life of the underlying asset. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators of 
impairment on an annual basis.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted 
at the rate implicit in the lease, or, if the rate cannot be determined, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate.
The incremental borrowing rate is based on the (i) reference rate, (ii) financing spread and (iii) lease specific adjustments. The reference rate 
is based on the UK Nominal Gilts aligned with the tenor of the lease observed at the time of signing the contract. The financing spread is 
based on the term of the debt, level of indebtedness, entity and economic environment.
Lease payments included in the measurement of lease liabilities includes the following:
•	 Fixed payments including in-substance fixed payments;
•	 Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; and
•	 The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees
The Company remeasures the lease liability when there is a change in the future lease payments arising from a change in rate or index or, a 
modification to the lease that is not accounted for as a separate lease. In the latter case, the lease liability is remeasured by using a revised 
discount rate. When the lease liability has been remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right- of-
use asset or is recorded in the profit or loss account if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.
The Company has opted not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for low value assets and short-term leases (defined as a 
lease with a lease term of 12 months or less). Instead, the lease payments are recognised as an operating expense on a straight-line basis 
over the length of the lease term or on a systematic basis.
Current And Deferred Income Tax
The tax charge/credit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that 
it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income. In this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income.
Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. 
The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to 
interpretation. Group relief claimed/surrendered between UK companies is paid for at the applicable tax rate of 25% (2022: 22.5%) for the 
year.
Deferred income taxation is provided in full using the liability method on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Company’s financial statements, at rates expected to apply when they reverse, based on 
current tax rates and law. Deferred income taxation is not provided on the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other 
than a business combination, if at the time of the transaction there is no effect on either accounting or taxable profit or loss.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that there are future taxable temporary differences from the unwind of the 
deferred income tax liabilities, against which these deductible temporary differences can be utilised or other future taxable profits. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred income taxation is determined using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted, 
or substantively enacted during the year and are expected to apply in the periods in which the related deferred tax asset or liability is 
reversed. No material uncertain tax positions exist as at 31 October 2024.
Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity and are recorded at the par value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, allowing for 
any reductions in the par value. Where shares are issued above par value, the proceeds in excess of par value are recorded in the share 
premium account. Where shares have been issued following the exercise of eligible nil-cost employee options, previously expensed equity 
remuneration reserves are recycled to share capital at par value only.
Dividend Distribution
A dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in 
which the shareholders’ right to receive payment of the dividend is established.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
125
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

1. General Information & Significant Accounting Policies
The Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and 
related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.
Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. The following new standards, amendments and 
interpretations are effective for the period beginning on or after 1 November 2023 and have been adopted for the Company Financial 
Statements where appropriate with no material impact on the disclosures and results made by the Company: 
•	 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12);
•	 Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8);
•	 Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’, distinguishing changes in accounting 
estimates from changes in accounting policies;
•	 Disclosure of Accounting policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2; and
•	 Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 - Comparative Information.
There has been no material impact on the Company Financial Statements from any new standards, amendments or interpretations 
effective during the year.
Accounting standards or interpretations issued but not yet effective
Apart from IFRS18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’, there were no accounting standards or interpretations issued 
which have an effective date after the date of these Company Financial Statements that the management reasonably expects to have an 
impact on disclosures, financial position or performance.
2. Investment Property
Investment property relates to a redeveloped retail property in Pwllheli. The amount of rent receivable from the Investment property in the 
year was £192,000 (2023: £182,000). Direct operating expenses associated with this investment property amounted to £1,242 in the year 
(2023: £4,992).
2024
£000 
As at 1 November 2022
2,372 
Fair value movement 
(522)
Balance as at 31 October 2023
1,850 
Fair value movement 
-
Balance as at 31 October 2024
1,850 
An Investment property valuation carried out by BNP Paribas Real Estate on 24 June 2022 concluded the property had an open market 
valuation of £1,850,000. This market valuation of the investment property was therefore based on a level 2 category valuation where use 
was made of; sale prices per square metre of similar properties in similar locations, observable current market rents per square metre for 
similar properties in similar locations, and property yields derived from recent transactions. Consequentially, the Group and Company 
recognised a fair value movement charge of £522,000 in the prior period which was treated as a non-recurring item in the Income 
Statement.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
126
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

3. Property, Plant And Equipment
Cost
Leasehold land
and buildings
£000
Freehold land
and buildings
£000
Right-of-use
assets
£000
Total
£000
As at 31 October 2022
913 
15,049 
-
15,962 
Additions
393 
645 
630 
1,668 
As at 31 October 2023
1,306 
15,694 
630 
17,630 
Additions
22 
265 
-
287 
Disposals
-
-
(630)
(630)
As at 31 October 2024
1,328 
15,959 
-
17,287 
Depreciation
As at 31 October 2022
452 
6,177 
-
6,629 
Charge for the year
86 
415 
87 
588 
As at 31 October 2023
538 
6,592 
87 
7,217 
Charge for the year
101 
430 
-
531 
Disposals
-
-
(87)
(87)
As at 31 October 2024
639 
7,022 
-
7,661 
Net book value
As at 31 October 2024
689 
8,937 
-
9,626 
As at 31 October 2023
768 
9,102 
543 
10,413 
4. Fixed Asset Investments
Share in Group
Undertakings
£000
Joint Ventures & 
Associates
£000
Total
£000
Cost
At 1 November 2023
54,804 
191 
54,995 
Disposals
-
-
-
At 31 October 2024
54,804 
191 
54,995 
Provision for impairment:
At 1 November 2023
(601)
-
(601)
Disposals
-
(100)
(100)
At 31 October 2024
(601)
(100)
(701)
Net book value at 31 October 2024
54,203 
91 
54,294 
Net book value at 31 October 2023
54,203 
191 
54,394 
5. Loans with Subsidiary Undertakings
During the year, the Company entered into the following trading transactions with subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:
Transactions and balances with subsidiaries
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings:
Loans
10,107 
3,629 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings:
Loans
-
(423)
10,107 
3,206 
Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive income
Income received
-
-
Purchases
-
-
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
127
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

6. Loans with Joint Ventures
Transactions and balances with joint ventures
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Amounts due from joint ventures:
Loans
600 
639 

7. Trade and Other Receivables
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Current:
Amounts due by subsidiary undertakings
10,107 
3,629 
Prepayments
82 
-
Current tax asset
90
23
10,279
3,652
8. Trade and Other Payables
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Current:
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
-
423 
Other payables
291 
303 
Accruals
83 
3 
374 
729 

9. Cash, Cash Equivalents, Borrowings and Lease Liabilities
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Current:
Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet
6 
7,312 
Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement
6 
7,312 
Bank and other loans due within one year or on demand:
Secured loans
(1,897)
(1,897)
Loan stock (unsecured)
(722)
(698)
Borrowings
(2,619)
(2,595)
Property leases
-
(102)
Lease liabilities
-
(102)
Total current net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities
(2,613)
4,615 
Non-Current:
Bank loans
(2,846)
(4,743)
Borrowings
(2,846)
(4,743)
Property leases
-
(450)
Lease liabilities
-
(450)
Total non-current borrowings and lease liabilities
(2,846)
(5,193)
Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities
(5,459)
(578)
Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities, excluding property leases
(5,459)
(26)
Borrowings
Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by an unlimited composite guarantee of all the trading entities within the Group. The outstanding 
bank loan of £4,743,000 (2023: £6,640,000) is structured as a term facility with quarterly repayments of £474,250. Interest on this loan is 
1.75% over the daily SONIA rate up to the point of repayment.
Loan stock is redeemable at par at the option of the Company or the holder. Interest of 5% (2023: 3.7%) per annum is payable to the holders. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
128
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

10. Leases
Nature of leasing activities (in the capacity as lessee).
The Group leases a number of properties, certain items of plant and equipment and vehicles. The table below shows the number of leases 
at 31 October 2024.
Number of lease 
Contracts at 
November 2023
Additions
Expired or 
Disposed
Number of lease 
Contracts at 
October 2024
Fixed Payment
Property leases
36 
12 
(8)
40 
0 
Plant and equipment leases
22 
4 
(3)
23 
0 
Vehicle leases
165 
62 
(53)
174 
1 
Total
223 
78 
(64)
237 
1 
Right-of-use assets
Land and 
buildings
£000  
Plant, 
machinery and 
motor vehicles  
£000  
Total
£000   
At November 2023
543 
-
543 
Disposals
(543)
-
(543)
At 31 October 2024
-
-
-
Lease liability
Land and 
buildings
£000  
Plant, 
machinery and 
motor vehicles  
£000  
Total
£000   
At November 2023
552 
-
552 
Disposals
(552)
-
(552)
At 31 October 2024
-
-
-
Lease liability aging
Within 
one year
£000
One to 
two years
£000
Two to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Total
£000 
2024
-
-
-
-
-
2023
102 
52 
126 
272 
552 
11. Financial Instruments 
2024
2023
Total
£000
Within 
one year
£000
Two to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Total
£000
Within 
one year
£000
Two to 
five years
£000
Over five
years  
£000
Bank loans and other borrowings
5,465 
2,619 
2,846 
-
7,338 
2,595 
4,743 
-
Bank loans and other borrowings - interest projections
396 
276 
120 
-
617 
130 
487 
-
Finance lease liabilities
-
-
-
-
552 
102 
178 
272 
Finance lease liabilities – interest projections
-
-
-
-
109 
22 
61 
26 
Derivatives
-
-
-
-
423 
423 
-
-
Trade payables and other payables
291 
291 
-
-
303 
303 
-
-
Accruals
83 
83 
-
-
3 
3 
-
-
6,235 
3,269 
2,966 
-
9,345 
3,578 
5,469 
298 
12. Share Capital
Details in respect of share capital are presented in Note 27 of the Group Financial Statements. 
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
129
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

13. Other Reserves 
The merger reserve represents non-distributable reserves arising on the merger of Wynnstay Farmers Association and Montgomeryshire 
Farmers Association in 1955, the society becoming Wynnstay and Montgomeryshire Farmers Limited in 1963.
The asset surplus reserve represents a non-distributable reserve arising on the acquisition of the remaining 50% of the share capital in 
Wesh Feed Producers Limited in 2008.
The own shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Wynnstay Group Plc purchased in the market and held by the employee share 
ownership trust (ESOP).
The shares are held to satisfy obligations under the Group’s share option schemes and are recognised at cost.
14. Share-Based Payments
Details of share-based payments are presented in Note 29 of the Group Financial Statements.
15. Cash Generated From Operations 
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Profit for the year from operations
4,278 
3,781 
Adjustments for:
Taxation
(65)
(107)
Group tax relief elections
187 
187 
Dividends from subsidiaries
(4,700)
(3,950)
Dividends from joint ventures
(601)
(367)
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
546 
501 
Amortisation of right-of use-assets
(87)
87 
ESOP Ttrust revaluation
-
(31)
Interest on lease liabilities
-
20 
Net interest expense
331 
357 
Share-based payments
309 
258 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in trade and other receivables
(6,559)
(1,511)
Increase in trade and other payables
(358)
(52)
Cash generated from/(used in) operations
(6,719)
(827)
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
130
 
Notes to the Financial Statements - continued 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

16. Reconciliation Of Liabilities From Financing
Liablities from Financing
Non-Current
£000
Current
£000
Total
£000 
As at 31 October 2022
6,640 
3,043 
9,683 
Cash-flows:
Receipt of borrowings
-
26 
26 
Repayments of borrowings
-
(2,371)
(2,371)
Non-cash flows:
Lease movements
450 
102 
552 
Loans and borrowings reclassified
(1,897)
1,897 
-
As at 31 October 2023
5,193 
2,697 
7,890 
Cash-flows:
Additional loan stock
23 
23 
Repayments of borrowings
(1,897)
(1,897)
Non-cash flows:
-
Lease movements
(450)
(101)
(551)
Loans and borrowings reclassified
(1,897)
1,897 
-
As at 31 October 2024
2,846 
2,619 
5,465 
2024
Non-Current
£000
Current
£000
Total
£000 
Loan Stocks
722 
722 
Borrowings
2,846 
1,897 
4,743 
2,846 
2,619 
5,465 
2023
Lease Liabilities
450 
102 
552 
Loan Stocks
-
698 
698 
Borrowings
4,743 
1,897 
6,640 
5,193 
2,697 
7,890 
17. Dividends
2024
£000 
2023
£000 
Final dividend for prior year
2,701 
2,608 
Interim dividend paid for current year
1,294 
1,260 
3,995 
3,868 
Subsequent to the year end it has been recommended that a final dividend of 11.90p per ordinary share (2023: 11.75p) be paid on 30 April 
2025. Together with the interim dividend already paid on 31 October 2024 of 5.60p net per ordinary share (2023: 5.50p) this will result in a 
total dividend for the financial year of 17.50p net per ordinary share (2023: 17.25p).
18. Investment in Subsidiaries
Details of investments in subsidiaries are presented in Note 18 of the Group Financial Statements.
Financial Statements
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
131
 
Strategic Report
Other Information
ESG Framework

Other 
Information
Notice of Annual General Meeting
134
Notes to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting
136
Financial Calendar
138
Shareholder Fraud Warning
138
Company Details and Advisors
139
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
132
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements

Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
133
 
Strategic Report
ESG Framework
Financial Statements

Notice is hereby given that the thirty-second Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) of Wynnstay Group Plc (the “Company”) will be 
held in the Holiday Inn Telford, Telford International Centre, St. Quentin Gate, Telford TF3 4EH on Thursday 27 March 2025 at 11.45am to 
transact the business as specified below.
As Ordinary Business: to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions.
1.	 To receive and adopt the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 31 October 2024 together with the Directors’ Report 
and Auditors’ Report on those accounts.
2.	 To declare a final dividend of 11.90p per share for the year ended 31 October 2024 payable on 30 April 2025 to shareholders who are 
on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 28 March 2025.
3.	 To re-elect Steve Ellwood as a director of the company.
4.	 To re-elect Steven Esom as a director of the company.
5.	 To re-elect Catherine Bradshaw as a director of the company.
6.	 To elect Alk Brand as a director of the company.
7.	 To re-elect Rob Thomas as a director of the company.
8.	 To re-appoint Crowe UK LLP as auditors, to hold office from the conclusion of the Meeting to the conclusion of the next Meeting at 
which accounts are laid before the Company.
9.	 To authorise the Directors or Audit Committee of the Company to set the auditors’ remuneration.
10.	To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ Remuneration Policy contained within that report) as set out in 
the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 October 2024.
11.	To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as set out in the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 
October 2024.
As Special Business: 
Resolution 12 will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution and resolutions 13 and 14 will be proposed as Special Resolutions. 
Directors’ authority to allot shares
12.	The Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 551 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000 
provided that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in General Meeting, expire on the earlier of the 
next Annual General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company may, before such 
expiry, make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry, and the Directors 
may allot relevant securities in pursuance of such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the authority conferred by this Resolution 
has expired. This authority is in substitution for all previous authorities conferred upon the Directors pursuant to Section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006, but without prejudice to the allotment of any relevant securities already made or to be made pursuant to such 
authorities.
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
134
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

General disapplication of pre-emption rights
13.	That, subject to passing Resolution 12 earlier, the Directors be and they are empowered pursuant to Section 570 of the Act to allot 
equity securities wholly for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by the previous Resolution as if Section 561 of the Act did not 
apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities:
a.	 in connection with an offer of such securities by way of rights to holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion (as nearly as may be 
practicable) to their respective holdings of such shares, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may 
deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or any legal or practical problems under the laws of any territory, or 
the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange; and 
b.	 otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000, and shall expire on the earlier of 
the next Annual General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company many, before 
such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors 
may allot equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the power conferred by this Resolution has 
expired.
Directors’ authority to purchase shares
14.	That, the Company be and is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the Act to make one or more 
market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693 of the Act) on the London Stock Exchange of Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each in 
the capital of the Company provided that:
a.	 the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 500,000 (representing approximately 2.2% of the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital); 
b.	 the minimum price which may be paid for such shares is £0.25 per share;
c.	 the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Shares shall not be more than 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 
preceding the date on which the ordinary share is purchased;
d.	 unless previously renewed, varied or revoked, the authority conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual 
General Meeting or 15 months from the date of passing this Resolution, if earlier; and
e.	 the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority conferred prior to the expiry of such 
authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and may make a purchase of ordinary shares 
in pursuance of any such contract or contracts.
By Order of the Board
Claire Williams
Company Secretary
Wynnstay Group Plc 
Eagle House
Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain
Powys, SY22 6AQ
10 February 2025
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
135
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

These notes are important and require your immediate attention.
1.	 To attend the Meeting in person, please arrive at the venue for the Meeting between 11.00am and by 11.30am to enable your 
shareholding to be checked against the register of members of the Company and your attendance recorded. Photographic identification 
such as a passport or driver’s license will be required in order to vote.
2.	 Shareholders are encouraged to email any questions in respect of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year 
ended 31 October 2024 or the Meeting to shareholder_communications@wynnstay.co.uk in advance of the Meeting. Responses to 
questions will be provided as soon as reasonably possible following receipt.
3.	 A shareholder entitled to vote at the Meeting is entitled to appoint another person of his/her choice as that shareholders’ proxy to 
exercise all or any of that shareholder’s rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting on his/her behalf. A shareholder may appoint 
more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different 
share or shares held by that shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company. Unless otherwise indicated on the form of 
proxy, CREST or any other electronic voting instruction, the proxy will vote as they think fit, or at their discretion, withhold from voting.
4.	 A proxy or proxies can be appointed by:
a.	 Submitting a vote electronically at www.sharegateway.co.uk (please refer paragraph 6 below).
b.	 CREST members using the CREST electronic proxy appointment service (please refer to paragraph 7 below); or
c.	 Completing and returning a paper form of proxy (which is enclosed with the document of which this Notice forms part). To appoint more 
than one proxy, the form of proxy should be photocopied and all completed forms returned together to Neville Registrars in accordance 
with the instructions in paragraph 5 below.
5.	 If a paper form of proxy is used to appoint a proxy or proxies, the form of proxy must be completed, signed and returned, together with 
any power of attorney or any other authority under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of such authority, to the Company’s 
registrars, Neville Registrars, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen B62 8HD, so that it is received no later than 11.45am on 
Tuesday 25 March 2025. In the event of a conflict between a blank paper form of proxy and a form of proxy which states the number of 
shares to which it applies, the specific form of proxy shall be counted first, regardless of whether it was sent or received before or after 
the blank form of proxy, and any remaining shares in respect of which you are the registered holder will be apportioned to the blank 
form of proxy.
6.	 You can submit your proxy electronically at www.sharegateway.co.uk . Shareholders will need to use their personal proxy registration 
code which is printed on their Form of Proxy to facilitate this. Electronic proxy appointments must be received not later than 11.45am 
on Tuesday 25 March 2025.
7.	 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the 
Meeting to be held at 11.45am on Tuesday 25 March 2025 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed 
a voting service provider, should refer to their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate 
action on their behalf.
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (‘a CREST Proxy 
Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s specifications and must contain 
the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must be transmitted so as to be received 
by the Company’s agent, Neville Registrars (CREST Participant ID: 7RA11), no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the 
Meeting (or, in the event that the Meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the adjourned meeting). For 
this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the CREST 
Application Host) from which the Company’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by 
CREST.
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & International 
Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will 
therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if 
the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means 
of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider are referred in particular to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and 
timings.
The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
136
 
Notes to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

8.	 If you wish to change your proxy instructions, you should submit a new proxy appointment using the methods detailed above. Your 
attention is particularly drawn to the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments (as detailed in paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 above) as these 
are applicable to amended proxy instructions. In the event that more than one valid proxy appointment is received for the same share or 
shares, the appointment received last before the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments will take precedence.
9.	 Only those shareholders entered on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on Tuesday 25 March 2025 or, in 
the event that the Meeting is adjourned, on the register of members as at the close of business on the day two days before the date of 
any adjourned meeting, shall be entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting in respect of the number of ordinary shares registered in their 
names at that time. Changes to the entries on the register of members after the close of business on Tuesday 25 March 2025 or, in the 
event that the Meeting is adjourned, on the register of members after the close of business on the day two days before the date of the 
adjourned meeting, shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the Meeting.
10.	Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its 
powers as a shareholder provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.
11.	Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal working hours on 
any weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this Notice until the date of the Meeting and at the 
place of the Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting:
•	 copies of all service agreements or letters of appointment under which the Directors of the Company are employed by the Company.
12.	Addresses (including electronic addresses) in this document are included strictly for the purposes specified and not for any other 
purpose.
13.	Except as provided above, members who have general queries about the Meeting should use the following means of communication 
(no other methods of communication will be accepted):
•	 emailing at shareholder_communications@wynnstay.co.uk or calling Neville Registrars on +44 (0)121 585 1131. Calls are charged 
at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable 
international rate. Lines are open between 9.00am and 5.00pm (UK time) Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and 
Wales.
Ordinary business
Each resolution will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution. This means that, for each of the resolutions to be passed, more than half of 
the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.
The Ordinary Resolutions are routine and deal with the presentation of the Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 
October 2024, the declaration of a final dividend, the reappointment of Steve Ellwood, Steven Esom, Catherine Bradshaw, Rob Thomas 
and the election of Alk Brand as Directors of the Company, and the reappointment of Crowe LLP as auditors as well as the authorisation of 
the Directors or Audit Committee to set the auditors’ remuneration and the approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the 
Directors’ remuneration policy contained within that report) and, by separate vote, the approval of the Directors’ remuneration policy. The 
votes in respect of Resolutions 10 and 11 will be ‘advisory’ only, which means that they are not binding on the Company, and the Directors’ 
entitlement to remuneration is not conditional on their approval. Resolution 12 deals with Director approval to allot shares in the Company. 
As the authority expires at the conclusion of the forthcoming Meeting, the Board recommends that this authority be renewed.
Biographical details of the Directors standing for election can be found on pages 54 - 55.
Special business
In order for a Special Resolution to be passed, at least three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour.
Resolution 13 - General disapplication of pre-emption rights
Seeks to renew the authority conferred on the Directors at last year’s Meeting to issue equity securities of the Company for cash without 
application of the pre-emption rights provided by Section 561 of the Act. The authority being sought is in substitution for all existing 
authorities, granted in the Company’s Articles of Association or otherwise, and without prejudice to previous allotments made under such 
authorities, and will expire 15 months after the date of the Meeting or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Meeting of the Company. 
Resolutions 12 and 13 limit the requested authority to the stated maximum as an added shareholder protection. The Directors have no 
present intention of exercising authorities in resolutions 12 and 13 but believe that it is in the best interests of the Company to have the 
authorities available so that the Board has the flexibility to take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
Resolution 14 - Directors’ authority to purchase shares
Special resolution 14 is put forward to give the directors the ability to buy back and cancel existing shares if they feel that such action 
would benefit all remaining shareholders and are normal practise for a company of this size, and are routinely put to shareholders.
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
137
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

Annual General Meeting
27 March 2025
Final dividend:
•	 Ex-dividend date
27 March 2025
•	 Record date
28 March 2025
•	 Payment date
30 April 2025
Announcement of half year results
June 2025
Publication of Interim Report
June 2025
Interim dividend:
•	 Ex-dividend date
25 September 2025
•	 Record date
26 September 2025
•	 Payment date
31 October 2025
Financial year end
31 October 2025
Announcement of full year results
January 2026
Publication of Annual Report and Accounts
January 2026
Shareholders are advised that as the Company’s share register is a public document, details concerning individual shareholdings 
may be available to people who may try to use such information for fraudulent, scam or other criminal purposes. Extreme diligence is 
recommended whenever you receive any un-solicited contact about your Wynnstay Group Plc shares or any other investment holding. 
Fraudsters can be very persuasive and will use high pressure tactics to try to scam investors they believe to have disposable resources. 
Such contact may be used to sell shares or other investments which may be fake or worthless, or to try to persuade you to dispose of 
existing investments for below their market value.
The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has a very useful website providing information on known frauds and scams, and identifying 
companies that may be operating in an unauthorised or illegal manner, which is likely to increase the risk associated with doing business 
with them. Please visit http://scamsmart.fca.org.uk
Some simple advice to avoid investment scams and share frauds include:
1.	 Hang up on cold calls – if you are cold called in relation to investment opportunities there is a high risk that it may involve an attempted 
scam. The safest thing to do is to hang up.
2.	 Check out any firm – before considering any relationship with a new individual or firm offering financial services, check them out on the 
Financial Services Register on the FCA website. Generally, all businesses legally authorised to offer such services will be regulated by 
the FCA. 
3.	 Get impartial advice – before handing over any money in relation to new investments, think about seeking advice from someone 
unconnected to the new contact or entity that would receive your funds.
4.	 Report a scam – if you suspect you have been approached by attempted fraudsters, then please report it to the FCA by using the 
reporting form available on the FCA website. If you have actually lost money to an investment fraud, you should report it to the police 
using the Action 
Fraud National Reporting scheme on 0300 123 2040 or http://www.actionfraud.police.uk
REMEMBER, IF IT SOUNDS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE, IT PROBABLY IS
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
138
 
Financial Calendar
Shareholder Fraud Warning
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

Company Details
Company
Wynnstay Group Plc
Company number
2704051
Registered office
Eagle House, Llansantffraid-Ym-Mechain, Powys SY22 6AQ	
General information
www.wynnstayplc.co.uk/about-us 
Wynnstay Agriculture 
www.wynnstay.co.uk
Glasson Grain 
www.glassongrain.co.uk
GrainLink
www.igrain.co.uk
Youngs Animal Feeds
www.youngsanimalfeeds.co.uk
Advisors
Auditor
Crowe UK LLP
Black Country House, Rounds Green Road, Oldbury, West 
Midlands B69 2DG
Principal bankers
HSBC UK Bank Plc
Wales Corporate Banking Centre, 5 Callaghan Square, Cardiff 
CF10 5BT
Nominated Advisor & Stockbroker
Shore Capital and Corporate Limited
Cassini House, 57 St James’s Street, London SW1A 1LD
Registrars
Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands B62 
8HD
Solicitors
Harrisons Solicitors LLP
30 Broad Street, Welshpool, Powys SY21 7RR
DWF LLP
5 St Paul’s Square, Liverpool L3 9AE
Company Details and Advisors
Other Information
Wynnstay Group Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
139
 
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
ESG Framework

Wynnstay Group Plc
Eagle House 
Llansantffraid
Powys
SY22 6AQ
01691 828512
wynnstayplc.co.uk
Registered in Wales and England
www.pitcherandcrow.co.uk